[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2006078846A1 - Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses - Google Patents

Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006078846A1
WO2006078846A1 PCT/US2006/001945 US2006001945W WO2006078846A1 WO 2006078846 A1 WO2006078846 A1 WO 2006078846A1 US 2006001945 W US2006001945 W US 2006001945W WO 2006078846 A1 WO2006078846 A1 WO 2006078846A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
prodrugs
prodrug
prodrug compound
substituted
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/001945
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Rajinder Singh
Somasekhar Bhamidipati
Esteban Masuda
Original Assignee
Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=36295425&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2006078846(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to PL06718943T priority Critical patent/PL1856135T3/en
Priority to JP2007552272A priority patent/JP4801096B2/en
Priority to CN2006800026433A priority patent/CN101115761B/en
Priority to NZ555947A priority patent/NZ555947A/en
Priority to CA2591948A priority patent/CA2591948C/en
Priority to DE602006010979T priority patent/DE602006010979D1/en
Priority to AT06718943T priority patent/ATE451381T1/en
Priority to DK06718943.1T priority patent/DK1856135T3/en
Priority to BRPI0606318A priority patent/BRPI0606318B8/en
Priority to EP06718943A priority patent/EP1856135B1/en
Priority to KR1020077018898A priority patent/KR101278397B1/en
Priority to AU2006206458A priority patent/AU2006206458B2/en
Priority to MX2007007189A priority patent/MX2007007189A/en
Application filed by Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Publication of WO2006078846A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006078846A1/en
Priority to IL183890A priority patent/IL183890A/en
Priority to NO20074179A priority patent/NO339146B1/en
Priority to HK08102972.0A priority patent/HK1108896A1/en
Priority to NL301039C priority patent/NL301039I2/en
Priority to LU00153C priority patent/LUC00153I2/fr
Priority to NO2020010C priority patent/NO2020010I1/en
Priority to LTPA2020507C priority patent/LTC1856135I2/en
Priority to CY2020012C priority patent/CY2020012I1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53831,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/66Phosphorus compounds
    • A61K31/675Phosphorus compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pyridoxal phosphate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/10Anti-acne agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6558Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system
    • C07F9/65583Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing at least two different or differently substituted hetero rings neither condensed among themselves nor condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system each of the hetero rings containing nitrogen as ring hetero atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6561Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6564Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6571Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having phosphorus atoms, with or without nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, selenium or tellurium atoms, as ring hetero atoms having phosphorus and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6574Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
    • C07F9/65742Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus non-condensed with carbocyclic rings or heterocyclic rings or ring systems

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to prodrugs of biologically active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the prodrugs, intermediates and synthetic methods of making the prodrugs and methods of using the prodrugs and compositions in a variety of contexts, such as in the treatment or prevention of various diseases.
  • Fc receptors such as the high affinity receptor for IgE (Fc ⁇ RI) and/or the high affinity receptor for IgG (Fc ⁇ RI) activates a signaling cascade in mast, basophil and other immune cells that results in the release of chemical mediators responsible for numerous adverse events.
  • Fc receptors such as the high affinity receptor for IgE (Fc ⁇ RI) and/or the high affinity receptor for IgG (Fc ⁇ RI) activates a signaling cascade in mast, basophil and other immune cells that results in the release of chemical mediators responsible for numerous adverse events.
  • Fc receptors such as the high affinity receptor for IgE (Fc ⁇ RI) and/or the high affinity receptor for IgG (Fc ⁇ RI) activates a signaling cascade in mast, basophil and other immune cells that results in the release of chemical mediators responsible for numerous adverse events.
  • Fc receptors such as the high affinity receptor for IgE (Fc ⁇ RI) and/or the high affinity receptor for IgG (Fc ⁇ RI) activates a
  • the signaling cascade(s) activated by crosslinking Fc receptors such as Fc ⁇ RI and/or Fc ⁇ RI comprises an array of cellular proteins.
  • Fc ⁇ RI and/or Fc ⁇ RI comprises an array of cellular proteins.
  • tyrosine kinases an important tyrosine kinase involved in the signal transduction pathways associated with crosslinking the Fc ⁇ RI and/or Fc ⁇ RI receptors, as well as other signal transduction cascades, is Syk kinase ⁇ see Valent et a!., 2002, Intl. J. Hematol. 75(4):257-362 for review).
  • the present disclosure provides prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that have myriad biological activities, and hence therapeutic uses, compositions comprising the prodrugs, methods and intermediates useful for synthesizing the prodrugs and methods of using the prodrugs in a variety of in vitro and in vivo contexts, including in the treatment and/or prevention of diseases mediated, at least in part, by the activation of Fc receptor signaling cascades.
  • the prodrugs generally comprise a biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound that is substituted at the nitrogen atom of one or more primary or secondary amine groups with a progroup R p that metabolizes or otherwise transforms under conditions of use to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine.
  • the progroup R p is a phosphorous-containing progroup.
  • the progroup includes a group or moiety that is metabolized under the conditions of use to yield an unstable ⁇ -hydroxymethyl, ⁇ -aminomethyl or ⁇ -thiomethyl intermediate, which then further metabolized in vivo to yield the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine drug.
  • the progroup includes an ⁇ -hydroxyalkyl, ⁇ -aminoalkyl or ⁇ -thioalkyl moiety, for example an ⁇ -hydroxymethyl, ⁇ -aminomethyl, ⁇ -thiomethyl moiety, that metabolizes under the conditions of use to yield the active 2,4 pyrimidinediamine drug.
  • the progroup R p is of the formula -CR d R d -AR 3 , where each R d is, independently of the other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, optionally substituted (C1-C20) alkyl, (C1-C20) perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted (C7-C30) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-30 membered heteroarylalkyl, where each optional substituent is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroalkyl, or, alternatively, the two R d are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded to form a cycloalkyl containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms ;
  • A is selected from O, S and NR 50 , where R 50 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and cycloheteroal
  • R 3 is not critical, provided that it can be metabolized under the desired conditions of use, for example under the acidic conditions found in the stomach and/or by enzymes found in vivo, to yield a group of the formula -CR R -AH, where A and R are as previously defined.
  • R 3 can comprise virtually any known or later-discovered hydroxyl, amine or thiol protecting group.
  • Non-1imiting examples of suitable protecting groups can be found, for example, in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene & Wuts, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991 (especially pages 10-142 (alcohols, 277-308 (thiols) and 309-405 (amines) the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference).
  • R 3 includes, together with A, an ether, a thioether, a silyl ether, a silyl thioether, an ester, a thioester, an amide, a carbonate, a thiocarbonate, a carbamate, a thiocarbamate, or a urea linkage, -OCH 2 SO 3 R, where R is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or a metal salt (e.g., sodium, lithium, potassium); -GCH 2 + N(R 51 ) 3 M-, where G is absent, -OPO 3 -, OSO 3 - or -CO 2 -, R 51 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or cycloheteroalkylalkyl and M- is a counterion, usually a halide ion or the like (acetate,
  • R f is selected from R f , -C(O)R f ,-C(O)OR f ,-C(O)NR f R f and -SiR f R f R f , where each R f is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower heteroalkyl, optionally substituted lower cycloalkyl, optionally substituted lower heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted (C6-C10) aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C7-C18) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl.
  • each R f is the same.
  • the identity of the progroup(s) R p can be selected to tailor the water-solubility and other properties of the underlying active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound to be optimized for a particular mode of administration. It can also be selected to provide for removal at specified organs and/or tissues within the body, such as, for example, in the digestive tract, in blood and/or serum, or via enzymes residing in specific organs, such as the liver.
  • progroups R p that are phosphorous-containing progroups include phosphate moieties that can be cleaved in vitro by enzymes such as esterases, lipases and/or phosphatases. Such enzymes are prevalent throughout the body, residing in, for example, the stomach and digestive tract, blood and/or serum, and in virtually all tissues and organs.
  • Such phosphate-containing progroups R p will generally increase the water-solubility of the underlying active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, making such phosphate- containing prodrugs ideally suited for modes of administration where water-solubility is desirable, such as, for example, oral, buccal, intravenous, intramuscular and ocular modes of administration.
  • each phosphate-containing progroup R p in the prodrug is of the formula -(CR d R d ) y -O-P(O)(OH)(OH), or a salt thereof, wherein R d is as previously defined andy is an integer ranging from 1 to 3, typically 1 or 2.
  • each R d is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted methyl and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl.
  • each R d is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl.
  • Specific exemplary phosphate- containing progroups R p include -CH 2 -O-P(O)(OH)(OH) and -CH 2 CH 2 -O-P(O)(OH)(OH) and/or the corresponding salts.
  • y is 1 in the exemplary phosphate-containing progroups R p
  • the phosphate-containing prodrugs are converted in vivo by enzymes such as phosphatases, lipases and/or esterases to the corresponding hydroxymethylamines, which are then further metabolized in vivo by the elimination of formaldehyde to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug compound.
  • the phosphate and formaldehyde metabolic by-products are innocuous.
  • prodrugs are metabolized to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug compound in vivo by elimination of enol phosphate, which further metabolizes to acetaldehyde and phosphate.
  • the phosphate and acetaldehyde metabolic by-products are innocuous.
  • precursors can be converted in vivo to phosphate groups.
  • Such precursors include, by way of example and not limitation, phosphate esters, phosphites and phosphite esters.
  • phosphites can be oxidized in vivo to phosphates.
  • Phosphate esters can be hydrolyzed in vivo to phosphates.
  • Phosphite esters can be oxidized in vivo to phosphate esters, which can in turn be hydrolyzed in vivo to phosphates.
  • the prodrugs can also include progroups that comprise such phosphate precursors.
  • the phosphate precursor groups may be directly metabolized to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug, without first being converted into a phosphate prodrug.
  • prodrugs comprising progroups that include such phosphate precursors are first metabolized into the corresponding phosphate prodrug, which then metabolizes to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug via a hydroxymethylamine, as discussed above.
  • such phosphate precursor groups are phosphate esters.
  • the phosphate esters can be acyclic or cyclic, and can be phosphate triesters or phosphate diesters.
  • Such esters are generally less water-soluble than the corresponding phosphate acid prodrugs and the corresponding active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, and are therefore typically suitable for modes of delivering prodrugs of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds where low water-solubility is desired, including, by way of example and not limitation, administration via inhalation.
  • the solubility of the prodrug can be specifically tailored for specific modes of administration by appropriate selection of the number and identity(ies) of the esterifying groups in the phosphate ester.
  • the mechanism by which the phosphate ester group metabolizes to the corresponding phosphate group can be controlled by appropriate selection of the esterifying moieties.
  • esterifying moieties For example, it is wel1-known that certain esters are acid (or base) labile, generating the corresponding phosphate under the acidic conditions found in the stomach and digestive tract.
  • phosphate ester progroups that are acid-1abile can be selected.
  • phosphate esters are acid and base stable, being converted into the corresponding phosphates via enzymes found in certain tissues and organs of the body ⁇ see, e.g., the various cyclic phosphate esters described in Erion et al, 2004, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 126:5154-5163, incorporated herein by reference), In instances where it is desirable to convert a phosphate ester prodrug into the corresponding phosphate prodrug within a desired target tissue or site within the body, phosphate esters having the desired metabolic properties can be selected.
  • each phosphate ester-containing progroup R p in the prodrug is an acyclic phosphate ester of the formula -(CR d R d ) y -P(O)(OH)(OR e ) or -(CR d R d ) y O-P(O)(OR e )(OR e ), or a salt thereof, wherein each R e is, independently of the others, selected from substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, 4-1oweralkoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl), substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl, 1-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl), -(CR d R d 0
  • each R d is selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl and/or each R e is an unsubstituted lower alkanyl or benzyl.
  • Specific exemplary phosphate ester progroups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -O-P(O)(OH)(OR e ), -CH 2 CH 2 -O-P(O)(OH)(OR e ), -CH 2 -O-P(O)(OR e )(OR e ) and -CH 2 CH 2 -O-P(O)(OR e )(OR e ), where R e is selected from lower alkanyl, i-propyl and i-butyl.
  • each phosphate ester-containing progroup R p is a cyclic
  • each phosphate ester-containing progroup R p is a cyclic phosphate ester of the formula where each R g is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl; each R h is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloheteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl, substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl; z is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; and R d and y are as previously defined.
  • each phosphate ester-containing progroup R p is a cyclic phosphate ester of the
  • cyclic phosphate ester prodrugs including such cyclic phosphate ester progroups metabolize in vivo to the active drug compound depends, in part, on the identity of the R substitutent.
  • R h is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl
  • the cyclic phosphate ester progroups are selected such that they are cleavable in vivo by esterases.
  • Specific examples of such cyclic phosphate ester progroups include, but are not limited to, progroups selected from
  • cyclic phosphate ester prodrugs having progroups in which the R h substituents are substituted or unsubstituted aryl, arylalkyl and heteroaryl groups are not typically cleaved by esterases, but are instead metabolized to the active prodrug by enzymes, such as cytochrome P 450 enzymes, that reside in the liver.
  • enzymes such as cytochrome P 450 enzymes
  • CYP cytochrome P 450 enzyme
  • the cyclic phosphate ester progroups are selected such that they are cleavable by CYP enzymes expressed in the liver. Specific exemplary embodiments of such cyclic phosphate ester-containing progroups
  • R p include, but are not limited to, progroups having the formul where R h is selected from phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-pyridyl and 4-methoxyphenyl.
  • phosphites and phosphite esters can undergo oxidation in vivo to yield the corresponding phosphate and phosphate ester analogs. Such reactions can be carried out in vivo by, for example, oxidase enzymes, oxoreductase enzymes and other oxidative enzymes.
  • the phosphorous-containing progroups R p can also include phosphite and phosphite ester analogs of any of the phosphate and phosphate ester progroups described above.
  • the phosphorous-containing progroups R p include, but are not limited to, groups of the formula -(CR d R d ) y O-P(OH)(OH),
  • each R is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl and/or each R e is, independently of the others, selected from unsubstituted lower alkanyl and benzyl.
  • Specific exemplary acyclic phosphite and phosphite-ester progroups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -O-P(OH)(OH), -CH 2 CH 2 -O-P(OH)(OH), -CH 2 -O-P(OH)(OR e ), and -CH 2 CH 2 -O-P(OR e )(OR e ), where each R e is selected from lower alkanyl, i-propyl and i-butyl.
  • Specific exemplary cyclic phosphite ester prodrugs include phosphite analogs of the above- described cyclic phosphate ester progroups.
  • prodrug compounds including such phosphite and/or phosphite ester progroups can be thought of as prodrugs of the corresponding phosphate and phosphate ester prodrugs.
  • each hydroxyalky1-containing progroup R p of such prodrugs is of the formula -CR d R d -OH, where R d is as previously defined.
  • a specific exemplary hydroxyalky1-containing progroup R p is -CH 2 OH.
  • the progroup(s) R p can be attached to any available primary or secondary amine, including, for example, the N2 nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety, the N4 nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety, and/or a primary or secondary nitrogen atom included in a substituent on the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound.
  • phosphate- containing progroups R p is especially useful for 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that exhibit poor water solubility under physiological conditions (for example, solubilities of less than about 10 ⁇ g/ml). While not intending to be bound by any theory of operation, it is believed that the phosphate-containing progroups aid the solubility of the underlying active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, which in turn increases its bioavailability when administered orally. It is believed that the phosphate progroups R p are metabolized by phosphatase enzymes found in the digestive tract, permitting uptake of the underlying active drug.
  • the solubility of the active drug (Compound 1) is in the range of about 1-2 ⁇ g/ml in aqueous buffer under physiological conditions
  • the solubility of the corresponding phosphate prodrug (Compound 4) is greater than 5 mg/ml under the same conditions, or approximately 2000 times greater. This increased water-solubility allows for better dissolution in the gut, thereby facilitating oral administration.
  • Other active 2,4-' pyrimidinediamine compounds having similarly poor water solubilities are expected to exhibit similar increases in water solubility and oral bioavailability when formulated as phosphate prodrugs.
  • phosphate ester prodrugs are generally less water-soluble than the corresponding phosphate prodrugs, and are therefore generally useful in applications where low water-solubility is desired, such as, for example, administration via inhalation.
  • low water-solubility such as, for example, administration via inhalation.
  • phosphite ester and phosphite prodrugs are generally less water-soluble than the corresponding phosphate prodrugs
  • the prodrugs described herein are 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that are substituted at the N4 nitrogen of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety with a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing bicyclic ring that includes at least one progroup R P as described herein at one or more of: the nitrogen atom(s) of the bicyclic ring, the N2 nitrogen of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety and/or the N4 nitrogen of the 2,4- pyrimidinediamine moiety.
  • the prodrug is a compound according to structural formula (I):
  • Y is selected from CH 2 , NR 24 , O, S, S(O) and S(O) 2 ;
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are each, independently of one another, selected from CH and N;
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, phenyl, or heteroaryl group;
  • R 5 is an electronegative group, such as, for example, a halo, fiuoro, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl or trifluoromethyl group;
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 are each, independently of one another, selected from hydrogen and a progroup R p as described herein;
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and a progroup R p as described herein, with the proviso that at least one of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 must be a progroup R p .
  • each of R 21 , R 22 and R 23 is one of the specific progroups exemplified above and R 24 is hydrogen. In some embodiments R 21 is one of the specific progroups exemplified above and R 22 , R 23 and R 24 are each hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 21 , R 22 and R 23 are each one of the specific progroups exemplified above and R 24 is lower alkyl.
  • compositions comprising one or more of the prodrugs described herein and an appropriate carrier, excipient or diluent.
  • carrier, excipient or diluent will depend upon the desired use for the composition, and may range from being suitable or acceptable for veterinary uses to being suitable or acceptable for human use.
  • the composition may optionally include one or more additional compounds.
  • the present disclosure provides intermediates useful for synthesizing the prodrugs described herein.
  • the intermediates generally comprise prodrugs in which the oxygen atoms of the phosphate- and/or phosphite-containing progroups are masked with protecting groups that are selectively removable under specified conditions.
  • the protecting groups are selectively removable under mildly acidic conditions.
  • the intermediates are phosphate or phosphite esters which are themselves prodrugs that can be metabolized into active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
  • the intermediates include prodrugs in which each R p progroup is, independently of the others, of the formula -(CR d R d ) y -O-P(O)(OR i )(OR i ), -(CR d R d ) y -O-P(O)(OR i )(OH), -(CR d R d ) y -O-P(OR)(OR 1 ) or -(CR d R d )y-O-P(OR i )(OH), where each R 1 is, independently of the others, selected from lower unsubstituted alkanyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, and R d and y
  • the intermediates include phosphate and/or phosphite esters in which each R i is, independently of the others, selected from lower linear alkanyl, lower branched alkanyl, i-propyl, t-butyl and lower cyclic alkanyl.
  • the intermediates comprise an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine that is substituted at a nitrogen atom of a primary or secondary amine group with a group of the formula -CR d R d -AH, where R d and A are as previously defined.
  • Phosphate-containing prodrugs can be synthesized by reacting an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound with a phosphate ester halide, for example, a phosphate ester halide of the formula X-(CR d R d ) y -0-P(0)(0R j )(0R j ) or X-(CR d R d ) y O-P(O)(OR j )(OH), where each R j is, independently of the others, a selectively removable protecting group; X is a halide, such as, for example, chloride; and R d and y are as previously defined. In some embodiments, each R j is R e , where as previously defined.
  • each R j is the same and is selected from lower linear alkyl, lower branched alkyl and lower cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R j is isopropyl or t-butyl.
  • the desired intermediate can be isolated from the mixture using standard separation and/or isolation techniques (e.g., column chromatography). Alternatively, a desired prodrug can be isolated from a mixture of different prodrugs using standard separation and/or isolation techniques.
  • Acyclic phosphate ester prodrugs can be obtained in an analogous manner by reacting the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine with a phosphate ester halide, for example a phosphate ester halide of the formula X-(CR d R d ) y -O-P(O)(OH)(OR e ) or X-(CR d R d ) y -O-P(O)(OR e )(OR e ), where X, R d , y and R e are as previously defined. In this instance, removal of the esterifying groups R e is not necessary.
  • Acyclic phosphite and phosphite ester prodrugs can be prepared in an analogous manner from the corresponding phosphite ester halides, for example phosphite ester halides of the formula X-(CR d R d ) y O-P(OR j )(OR j ), X-(CR d R d ) y O-P(OR e )(OH), X-(CR d R d ) y O-P(OR e )(OR e ), where X, R d , y, R e and R j are as previously defined.
  • Cyclic phosphate ester and phosphite ester prodrugs can be prepared by reacting the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound with the corresponding cyclic phosphate ester or phosphite ester halide, for example, a cyclic phosphate ester halide of the formula
  • Embodiments in which R p is -CR d R d -AR 3 can be prepared from the corresponding 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug using conventional methods.
  • the intermediates can be synthesized by reacting an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, with an aldehyde or ketone of the formula R d -C(O)-R d , where R d is as previously defined, to yield a corresponding hydroxymethylamine intermediate (where R p is
  • the hydroxymethylamine intermediate can then be converted into the prodrug using standard techniques, In accordance with the definition of R p , the hydroxymethylamine intermediate is also a prodrug of the invention.
  • other drug substances containing secondary amines have been added to formaldehyde to afford their corresponding isolable hydroxymethylamine adducts, Bansal et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci. 1981, 70: (8), 850-854; Bansal et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci. 1981, 70: (8), 855-856; Khan et al, J Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 1989, 7 (6), 685-691.
  • hydroxyalky1- containing prodrugs can be prepared in two steps by first reacting the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine with a bis-functional electrophile, such as a halide of the formula X 1 -CR d R d --X 2 , where X 1 represents a first halide, X 2 represents a second halide and R d is as previously defined.
  • a bis-functional electrophile such as a halide of the formula X 1 -CR d R d --X 2 , where X 1 represents a first halide, X 2 represents a second halide and R d is as previously defined.
  • the halide is of the formula I-CR d R d -Cl.
  • the unreacted halide is then hydroxylated to yield the hydroxyalky1-containing prodrug using standard techniques.
  • Prodrugs in which A is O, S or NR 50 can be synthesized from corresponding N- methyl phosphate esters.
  • the phosphate ester groups can be displaced with a group of the formula R 3 - AH, where R 3 and A are as previously defined, to yield the prodrug, as discussed in further detail below.
  • prodrugs described herein and in particular the prodrugs according to structural formula (I), metabolize to yield 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that are potent inhibitors of degramilation of immune cells, such as mast, basophil, neutrophil and/or eosinophil cells.
  • Additional 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that exert similar biological activities that can be formulated as prodrugs as described herein and used in the various methods described herein are described in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of regulating, and in particular inhibiting, degranulation of such cells.
  • the method generally involves contacting a cell that degranulates with an amount of a suitable prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit degranulation of the cell.
  • the method may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions in which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with cellular degranulation.
  • biochemical data confirm that many of these active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds exert their degranulation inhibitory effect, at least in part, by blocking or inhibiting the signal transduction cascade(s) initiated by crosslinking of the high affinity Fc receptors for IgE ("Fc ⁇ RI”) and/or IgG (“Fc ⁇ RI”) (see, e.g., U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003
  • the methods also permit the regulation of, and in particular the inhibition of, downstream processes that result as a consequence of activating such Fc receptor signaling cascade(s).
  • downstream processes include, but are not limited to, Fc ⁇ RI-mediated and/or Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation, cytokine production and/or the production and/or release of lipid mediators such as leukotrienes and prostaglandins.
  • the method generally involves contacting a cell expressing an Fc receptor, such as one of the cell types discussed above, with an amount of a prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvent, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit the Fc receptor signaling cascade and/or a downstream process effected by the activation of this signaling cascade.
  • the method may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions under which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with the Fc receptor signaling cascade, such as diseases effected by the release of granule specific chemical mediators upon degranulation, the release and/or synthesis of cytokines and/or the release and/or synthesis of lipid mediators such as leukotrienes and prostaglandins.
  • diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with the Fc receptor signaling cascade such as diseases effected by the release of granule specific chemical mediators upon degranulation, the release and/or synthesis of cytokines and/or the release and/or synthesis of lipid mediators such as leukotrienes and prostaglandins.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating and/or preventing diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with the release of chemical mediators as a consequence of activating Fc receptor signaling cascades, such as Fc ⁇ RI and/or Fc ⁇ RI- signaling cascades.
  • the methods may be practiced in animals in veterinary contexts or in humans.
  • the methods generally involve administering to an animal subject or a human an amount of a prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N- oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to treat or prevent the disease.
  • activation of the Fc ⁇ RI or Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascade leads to the immediate (i.e., within 1-3 min. of receptor activation) release of preformed mediators of atopic and/or Type I hypersensitivity reactions (e.g., histamine, proteases such as tryptase, etc.) via the degranulation process.
  • atopic and/or Type I hypersensitivity reactions e.g., histamine, proteases such as tryptase, etc.
  • Such atopic or Type I hypersensitivity reactions include, but are not limited to, anaphylactic reactions to environmental and other allergens (e.g., pollens, insect and/or animal venoms, foods, drugs, contrast dyes, etc.), anaphylactoid reactions, hay fever, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic asthma, atopic dermatitis, eczema, urticaria, mucosal disorders, tissue disorders and certain gastrointestinal disorders.
  • allergens e.g., pollens, insect and/or animal venoms, foods, drugs, contrast dyes, etc.
  • anaphylactoid reactions hay fever, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic asthma, atopic dermatitis, eczema, urticaria, mucosal disorders, tissue disorders and certain gastrointestinal disorders.
  • the immediate release of the preformed mediators via degranulation is followed by the release and/or synthesis of a variety of other chemical mediators, including, among other things, platelet activating factor (PAF), prostaglandins and leukotrienes (e.g., LTC4) and the de novo synthesis and release of cytokines such as TNF ⁇ , IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, etc.
  • PAF platelet activating factor
  • prostaglandins and leukotrienes e.g., LTC4
  • cytokines such as TNF ⁇ , IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, etc.
  • the first of these two processes occurs approximately 3-30 min. following receptor activation; the latter approximately 30 min. - 7 hrs. following receptor activation.
  • These "late stage” mediators are thought to be in part responsible for the chronic symptoms of the above-1isted atopic and Type I hypersensitivity reactions, and in addition are chemical mediators of inflammation and inflammatory diseases (e.g., osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, spastic colon, etc.), low grade scarring (e.g., scleroderma, increased fibrosis, keloids, post-surgical scars, pulmonary fibrosis, vascular spasms, migraine, reperfusion injury and post myocardial infarction), and sicca complex or syndrome. AU of these diseases may be treated or prevented according to the methods described herein.
  • inflammatory diseases e.g., osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, spastic colon, etc.
  • low grade scarring
  • Additional diseases that can be treated or prevented according to the methods described herein include diseases associated with basophil cell and/or mast cell pathology.
  • diseases associated with basophil cell and/or mast cell pathology include, but are not limited to, diseases of the skin such as scleroderma, cardiac diseases such as post myocardial infarction, pulmonary diseases such as pulmonary muscle changes or remodeling and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), diseases of the gut such as inflammatory bowel syndrome (spastic colon), acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and immune thrombocytopenic purpura.
  • diseases of the skin such as scleroderma
  • cardiac diseases such as post myocardial infarction
  • pulmonary diseases such as pulmonary muscle changes or remodeling and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • diseases of the gut such as inflammatory bowel syndrome (spastic colon), acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and immune thrombocytopenic purpura.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of regulating, and in particular inhibiting, Syk kinase activity.
  • the method generally involves contacting a Syk kinase or a cell comprising a Syk kinase with an amount of a suitable prodrug, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit Syk kinase activity.
  • the Syk kinase is an isolated or recombinant Syk kinase. In another embodiment, the Syk kinase is an endogenous or recombinant Syk kinase expressed by a cell, for example a mast cell or a basophil cell.
  • the method may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions under which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with Syk kinase activity.
  • the prodrugs described herein that metabolize to such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds may be used to regulate, and in particular inhibit, the signaling cascades of Fc receptors having this gamma chain homodimer, such as Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RIII and Fc ⁇ RI, as well as the cellular responses elicited through these receptors.
  • Syk kinase is known to play a critical role in other signaling cascades.
  • Syk kinase is an effector of B-cell receptor (BCR) signaling (Turner et al, 2000,
  • Active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds that are potent inhibitors of Syk kinase can be used to regulate, and in particular inhibit, any signaling cascade where Syk plays a role, such as, fore example, the Fc receptor, BCR and integrin signaling cascades, as well as the cellular responses elicited through these signaling cascades.
  • the prodrugs described herein that metabolize to such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds can be used to regulate such activities.
  • Non-1imiting examples of cellular responses that may be regulated or inhibited with such prodrugs include a respiratory burst, cellular adhesion, cellular degranulation, cell spreading, cell migration, phagocytosis (e.g., in macrophages), calcium ion flux (e.g., in mast, basophil, neutrophil, eosinophil and B-cells), platelet aggregation, and cell maturation (e.g., in B-cells).
  • the present disclosure provides methods of regulating, and in particular inhibiting, signal transduction cascades in which Syk plays a role.
  • the method generally involves contacting a Syk-dependent receptor or a cell expressing a Syk-dependent receptor with an amount of a suitable prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit the signal transduction cascade.
  • the methods may also be used to regulate, and in particular inhibit, downstream processes or cellular responses elicited by activation of the particular Syk- dependent signal transduction cascade.
  • the methods may be practiced to regulate any signal transduction cascade where Syk is now known or later discovered to play a role.
  • the methods may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions under which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with activation of the Syk- dependent signal transduction cascade.
  • Non-1imited examples of such diseases include those previously discussed.
  • prodrugs of such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds can likewise be used to treat or prevent such autoimmune diseases and/or symptoms.
  • the methods generally involve administering to a subject suffering from an autoimmune disease or at risk of developing an autoimmune disease an amount of a suitable prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, N-oxide, hydrate, solvate or composition thereof, effective to treat or prevent the autoimmune disease and/or its associated symptoms.
  • Autoimmune diseases that can be treated or prevented with the prodrugs include those diseases that are commonly associated with nonanaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions (Type II, Type III and/or Type IV hypersensitivity reactions) and/or those diseases that are mediated, at least in part, by activation of the Fc ⁇ R signaling cascade in monocyte cells.
  • Such autoimmune disease include, but are not limited to, those autoimmune diseases that are frequently designated as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders and those autoimmune disease that are frequently designated as involving systemic autoimmune disorder.
  • Non-1imiting examples of diseases frequently designated as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders include: Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune atrophic gastritis of pernicious anemia, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune orchitis, Goodpasture's disease, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, sympathetic ophthalmia, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, chronic aggressive hepatitis, ulcerative colitis and membranous glomerulopathy.
  • Non-1imiting examples of diseases often designated as involving systemic autoimmune disorder include: systemic lupus erythematosis, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjogren's syndrome, Reiter's syndrome, polymyositis-dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, polyarteritis nodosa, multiple sclerosis and bullous pemphigoid.
  • Additional autoimmune diseases which can be ⁇ -cell (humoral) based or T-cell based, include autoimmune alopecia, Type I or juvenile onset diabetes, and thyroiditis.
  • FIG. 1 provides schemes illustrating metabolic pathways of exemplary phosphorous- containing prodrugs
  • FIG. 2 provides a scheme illustrating a metabolic pathway of an exemplary cyclic phosphate ester prodrug
  • FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary synthesis of exemplary cyclic phosphate prodrug
  • FIGS. 4-11 provide graphs illustrating various pharmacokinetic data for drug Compound 1 and/or prodrug Compound 4.
  • Alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical having the stated number of carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 means one to six carbon atoms) that is derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-1-yl, prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl, prop-1-yn-1-yl , prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methy1-propan-1-yl, 2-methy1-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methy1-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl , but-2-en
  • alkanyl alkenyl
  • alkynyl alkynyl
  • Alkanyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane.
  • Typical alkanyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl (isopropyl), cyclopropan-1-yl, etc.; butanyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl (sec-butyl), 2-methy1-propan-1-yl (isobutyl), 2-methy1-propan-2-yl (t-butyl), cyclobutan-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • "lower alkanyl” means (C1-C8) alkanyl.
  • alkenyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene.
  • the group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s).
  • Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl , prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, prop-2-en-2-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl ; butenyls such as but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methy1-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1-yl, etc.; and the like.
  • "lower alkenyl” means (C2-C8) alkenyl.
  • Alkynyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkyne.
  • Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl; propynyls such as prop-1-yn-1-yl , prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butynyls such as but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl , etc.; and the like.
  • “lower alkynyl” means (C2-C8) alkynyl.
  • Alkyldiyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having the stated number of carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 means from one to six carbon atoms) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne, or by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • the two monovalent radical centers or each valency of the divalent radical center can form bonds with the same or different atoms.
  • Typical alkyldiyl groups include, but are not limited to, methandiyl; ethyldiyls such as ethan-1,1-diyl, ethan-1 ,2-diyl, ethen-1,1-diyl, ethen-1,2-diyl; propyl diyls such as propan-1,1-diyl, propan-1,2-diyl, propan-2,2-diyl, propan-1,3-diyl, cyclopropan-1,1-diyl, cyclopropan-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,1-diyl, prop-1-en-1,2-diyl, prop-2-en-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,3-diyl, cycloprop-1-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,2-di
  • alkanyldiyl alkenyldiyl and/or alkynyldiyl
  • alkylidene alkylidene
  • Specific embodiments include saturated acyclic alkanyldiyl groups in which the radical centers are at the terminal carbons, e.g., methandiyl (methano); ethan-1,2-diyl (ethano); propan-1,3-diyl (propano); butan-1,4-diyl (butano); and the like (also referred to as alkylenos, defined infra).
  • Alkyleno by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a straight-chain saturated or unsaturated alkyldiyl group having two terminal monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of the two terminal carbon atoms of straight-chain parent alkane, alkene or alkyne.
  • the locant of a double bond or triple bond, if present, in a particular alkyleno is indicated in square brackets.
  • Typical alkyleno groups include, but are not limited to, methano; ethylenos such as ethano, etheno, ethyno; propylenos such as propano, prop[l]eno, propa[l,2]dieno, prop[l]yno, etc.; butylenos such as butano, but[l]eno, but[2]eno, buta[l,3]dieno, but[l]yno, but[2]yno, buta[l,3]diyno, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkano, alkeno and/or alkyno is used.
  • the alkyleno group is (C1-C8) or (C1-C3) alkyleno.
  • Specific embodiments include straight-chain saturated alkano groups, e.g., methano, ethano, propano, butano, and the like.
  • Heteroalkyl HeteroalkanvL
  • Heteroalkenvl Heteroalkynyl
  • Heteroalkyldiyl Heteroalkyleno
  • alkyl, alkanyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyldiyl and alkyleno groups respectively, in which one or more of the carbon atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different heteratoms or heteroatomic groups.
  • Typical heteroatoms and/or heteroatomic groups which can replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, -O, -S-, -S-O-, -NR'-, -PH-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) NR'-, -S(O) 2 NR'-, and the like, including combinations thereof, where each R' is independently hydrogen or (C1-C8) alkyl.
  • Cycloalkyl and Heterocycloalkyl by themselves or as part of another substituent refer to cyclic versions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl” groups, respectively.
  • Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl; cyclobutyls such as cyclobutanyl and cyclobutenyl; cyclopentyls such as cyclopentanyl and cyclopentenyl; cyclohexyls such as cyclohexanyl and cyclohexenyl; and the like.
  • Typical heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofuranyl (e.g., tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, etc.), piperidinyl (e.g., piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2- yl, etc.), morpholinyl (e.g., morpholin-3-yl, morpholin-4-yl, etc.), piperazinyl (e.g., piperazin- 1-yl, piperazin-2-yl, etc.), and the like.
  • tetrahydrofuranyl e.g., tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, etc.
  • piperidinyl e.g., piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2- yl, etc.
  • morpholinyl e.g., morpholin-3-yl,
  • Acyclic Heteroatomic Bridge refers to a divalent bridge in which the backbone atoms are exclusively heteroatoms and/or heteroatomic groups.
  • Typical acyclic heteroatomic bridges include, but are not limited to, -O-, -S-, -S -O-, -NR'-, -PH-, -S(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) NR'-, -S(O) 2 NR'-, and the like, including combinations thereof, where each R' is independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C8) alkyl.
  • Parent aromatic ring system refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated ⁇ electron system.
  • parent aromatic ring system fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, fluorene, indane, indene, phenalene, tetrahydronaphthalene, etc.
  • Typical parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, tetrahydronaphthalene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like.
  • Aryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having the stated number of carbon atoms (i.e., C6-C15 means from 6 to 15 carbon atoms) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
  • Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pieiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like, as well as the various hydro isomers thereof.
  • the aryl group include,
  • Arylaryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a ring system in which two or more identical or non-identical parent aromatic ring systems are joined directly together by a single bond, where the number of such direct ring junctions is one less than the number of parent aromatic ring systems involved.
  • Typical arylaryl groups include, but are not limited to, biphenyl, triphenyl, pheny1-naphthyl, binaphthyl, bipheny1-naphthyl, and the like.
  • arylaryl is an arylaryl group in which each aromatic ring comprises from 6 to 15 carbons, e.g., biphenyl, triphenyl, binaphthyl, phenylnaphthyl, etc.
  • each parent aromatic ring system of an arylaryl group is independently a (C6-C15) aromatic, more preferably a (C6-C10) aromatic.
  • Specific exemplary arylaryl groups include those in which all of the parent aromatic ring systems are identical, e.g., biphenyl, triphenyl, binaphthyl, trinaphthyl, etc.
  • Biaryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an arylaryl group having two identical parent aromatic systems joined directly together by a single bond.
  • Typical biaryl groups include, but are not limited to, biphenyl, binaphthyl, bianthracyl, and the like.
  • the aromatic ring systems are (C6-C15) aromatic rings, more typically (C6-C10) aromatic rings.
  • a particular exemplary biaryl group is biphenyl.
  • Arylalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl group.
  • Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan- 1 -yl, 2-phenylethen- 1 -yl, naphthylmethyl,
  • the arylalkyl group is (C7-C21) arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C1-C6) and the aryl moiety is (C6-C15).
  • the arylalkyl group is (C7-C13), e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C1-C3) and the aryl moiety is (C6-C 10).
  • Parent Heteroaromatic Ring System refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one or more carbon atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms or heteroatomic groups.
  • Typical heteroatoms or heteroatomic groups to replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, N, NH, P, O, S, S(O), S(O) 2 , Si, etc.
  • parent heteroaromatic ring systems fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, benzodioxan, benzofuran, chromane, chromene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc.
  • parent heteroaromatic ring system those recognized rings that include common substituents, such as, for example, benzopyrone and 1 -methy1- 1,2,3,4-tetrazole.
  • parent heteroaromatic ring system benzene rings fused to cyclic polyalkylene glycols such as cyclic polyethylene glycols.
  • Typical parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, acridine, benzimidazole, benzisoxazole, benzodioxan, benzodioxole, benzofuran, benzopyrone, benzothiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxaxine, benzoxazole, benzoxazoline, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthy
  • Heteroaryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group having the stated number of ring atoms (e.g., “5-14 membered” means from 5 to 14 ring atoms) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system.
  • Typical heteroaryi groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from acridine, benzimidazole, benzisoxazole, benzodioxan, benzodiaxole, benzofuran, benzopyrone, benzothiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazine, benzoxazole, benzoxazoline, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pter
  • Heteroaryl-Heteroaryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a ring system in which two or more identical or non-identical parent heteroaromatic ring systems are joined directly together by a single bond, where the number of such direct ring junctions is one less than the number of parent heteroaromatic ring systems involved.
  • Typical heteroary1-heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, bipyridyl., tripyridyl, pyridylpurinyl, bipurinyl, etc.
  • each parent heteroaromatic ring system refers to the number of atoms comprising each parent heteroaromatic ring systems.
  • 5-15 membered heteroary1-heteroaryl is a heteroary1-heteroaryl group in which each parent heteroaromatic ring system comprises from 5 to 15 atoms, e.g., bipyridyl, tripuridyl, etc.
  • each parent heteroaromatic ring system is independently a 5-15 membered heteroaromatic, more typically a 5-10 membered heteroaromatic.
  • Specific exemplary heteroary1-heteroaryl groups include those in which all of the parent heteroaromatic ring systems are identical.
  • Biheteroaryl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a heteroary1-heteroaryl group having two identical parent heteroaromatic ring systems joined directly together by a single bond.
  • Typical biheteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, bipyridyl, bipurinyl, biquinolinyl, and the like.
  • the heteroaromatic ring systems are 5-15 membered heteroaromatic rings, more typically 5-10 membered heteroaromatic rings.
  • Heteroarylalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature heteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylakenyl and/or heteroarylalkynyl is used.
  • the heteroarylalkyl group is a 6-21 membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is (C1-C6) alkyl and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-15-membered heteroaryl.
  • the heteroarylalkyl is a 6-13 membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety is (C1-C3) alkyl and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • Halogen or "Halo" by themselves or as part of another substituent, unless otherwise stated, refer to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • Haloalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a halogen.
  • haloalkyl is meant to include monohaloalkyls, dihaloalkyls, trihaloalkyls, etc. up to perhaloalkyls.
  • (C1-C2) haloalkyl includes fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, etc.
  • alkyloxy or “alkoxy” refers to a group of the formula -OR
  • alkylamine refers to a group of the formula -NHR
  • dialkylamine refers to a group of the formula -NR"R
  • each R is independently an alkyl
  • haloalkoxy or “haloalkyloxy” refers to a group of the formula -OR'", where R'" is a haloalkyl.
  • Substituted when used to modify a specified group or radical, means that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent(s).
  • R 60 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl; each R 70 is independently hydrogen or R 60 ; each R 80 is independently R 70 or alternatively, the two R 8O s, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cyclo
  • substituent groups useful for substituting for hydrogens on unsaturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to, -R 60 , halo, -O- M + , -OR 70 , -SR 70 , -SM + , -NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, -CF 3 , -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -S(O) 2 R 70 , -S(O) 2 O-M + , -S(O) 2 OR 70 , -OS(O) 2 R 70 , -OS(O) 2 OM + , -OS(O) 2 OR 70 , -P(O)(O-) 2 (M + ) 2 , -P(O)(OR 70 )O-M + , -P(O)(OR 70 XOR 70 ), -C(O)R 70 ,
  • Substituent groups, other than R p , useful for substituting for hydrogens on nitrogen atoms in heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -R 60 , -0 " M + , -OR 70 , -SR 70 , -S ' M + , -NR 80 R 80 , trihalomethyl, -CF 3 , -CN, -NO, -NO 2 , -S(O) 2 R 70 , -S(O) 2 O-M + , -S(O) 2 OR 70 , -OS(O) 2 R 70 , -OS(O) 2 OM + , -OS(O) 2 OR 70 , -P(O)(O-) 2 (M + ) 2 , -P(O)(OR 70 )O- M + , -P(O)(OR 70 XOR 70 ), -C(O)R 70 , -C
  • Protecting group refers to a group of atoms that, when attached to a reactive functional group in a molecule, mask, reduce or prevent the reactivity of the functional group. Typically, a protecting group may be selectively removed as desired during the course of a synthesis. Examples of protecting groups can be found in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, 3 rd Ed., 1999, John Wiley & Sons, NY and Harrison et at, Compendium of Synthetic Organic Methods, VoIs.
  • amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl ("CBZ”), tert-butoxycarbonyl (“Boc”), trimethylsilyl ("TMS”), 2-trimethylsily1-ethanesulfonyl (“TES”), trityl and substituted trityl groups, allyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (“FMOC”), nitro- veratryloxycarbonyl (“NVOC”) and the like.
  • hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, those where the hydroxyl group is either acylated or alkylated such as benzyl and trityl ethers, as well as alkyl ethers, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, trialkylsilyl ethers (e.g., TMS or TIPPS groups) and allyl ethers.
  • Fc Receptor refers to a member of the family of cell surface molecules that binds the Fc portion (containing the specific constant region) of an immunoglobulin. Each Fc receptor binds immunoglobulins of a specific type. For example the Fc ⁇ receptor (“Fc ⁇ R”) binds IgA, the Fc ⁇ R binds IgE and the Fc ⁇ R binds IgG.
  • Fc ⁇ R Fc ⁇ receptor
  • the Fc ⁇ R family includes the polymeric Ig receptor involved in epithelial transport of IgA/IgM, the myeloid specific receptor Rc ⁇ RI (also called CD89), the Fc ⁇ / ⁇ R and at least two alternative IgA receptors (for a recent review see Monteiro & van de Winkel, 2003, Annu. Rev. Immunol, advanced e-publication).
  • the Fc ⁇ RI is expressed on neutrophils, eosinophils, monocytes/macrophages, dendritic cells and kupfer cells.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI includes one alpha chain and the FcR gamma homodimer that bears an activation motif (ITAM) in the cytoplasmic domain and phosphorylates Syk kinase.
  • ITAM activation motif
  • the Fc ⁇ R family includes two types, designated Fc ⁇ RI and Fc ⁇ RII (also known as CD23).
  • Fc ⁇ RI is a high affinity receptor (binds IgE with an affinity of about 10 10 M "1 ) found on mast, basophil and eosinophil cells that anchors monomeric IgE to the cell surface.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI possesses one alpha chain, one beta chain and the gamma chain homodimer discussed above.
  • the Fc ⁇ RII is a low affinity receptor expressed on mononuclear phagocytes, B lymphocytes, eosinophils and platelets.
  • the Fc ⁇ RII comprises a single polypeptide chain and does not include the gamma chain homodimer.
  • the Fc ⁇ R family includes three types, designated Fc ⁇ RI (also known as CD64), Fc ⁇ RII (also known as CD32) and Fc ⁇ RIII (also known as CD 16).
  • Fc ⁇ RI is a high affinity receptor (binds IgGl with an affinity of 10 8 M -1 ) found on mast, basophil, mononuclear, neutrophil, eosinophil, dendritic and phagocyte cells that anchors nomomeric IgG to the cell surface.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI includes one alpha chain and the gamma chain dimer shared by Fc ⁇ RI and Fc ⁇ RI.
  • the Fc ⁇ RII is a low affinity receptor expressed on neutrophils, monocytes, eosinophils, platelets and B lymphocytes.
  • the Fc ⁇ RII includes one alpha chain, and does not include the gamma chain homodimer discussed above.
  • the Fc ⁇ RIII is a low affinity (binds IgGl with an affinity Of 5x10 5 M "1 ) expressed on NK, eosinophil, macrophage, neutrophil and mast cells. It comprises one alpha chain and the gamma homodimer shared by Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RI and Fc ⁇ RI.
  • Fc Receptor-Mediated Degranulation or “Fc Receptor-Induced Degranulation” refers to degranulation that proceeds via an Fc receptor signal transduction cascade initiated by crosslinking of an Fc receptor.
  • IgE-Induced Degranulation or "Fc ⁇ RI-Mediated Degranulation” refers to degranulation that proceeds via the IgE receptor signal transduction cascade initiated by crosslinking of Fc ⁇ RI -bound IgE.
  • the crosslinking may be induced by an IgE-specific allergen or other multivalent binding agent, such as an anti-IgE antibody.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascade leading to degranulation may be broken into two stages: upstream and downstream.
  • the upstream stage includes all of the processes that occur prior to calcium ion mobilization.
  • the downstream stage includes calcium ion mobilization and all processes downstream thereof.
  • Compounds that inhibit Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation may act at any point along the Fc ⁇ RI-mediated signal transduction cascade.
  • Compounds that selectively inhibit upstream Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation act to inhibit that portion of the Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascade upstream of the point at which calcium ion mobilization is induced.
  • compounds that selectively inhibit upstream Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation inhibit degranulation of cells such as mast or basophil cells that are activated or stimulated with an IgE-specif ⁇ c allergen or binding agent (such as an anti-IgE antibody) but do not appreciably inhibit degranulation of cells that are activated or stimulated with degranulating agents that bypass the Fc ⁇ RI signaling pathway, such as, for example the calcium ionophores ionomycin and A23187.
  • IgG-Induced Degranulation or "Fc ⁇ RI-Mediated Degranulation” refers to degranulation that proceeds via the Fc ⁇ RI signal transduction cascade initiated by crosslinking of Fc ⁇ RI-bound IgG.
  • the crosslinking may be induced by an IgG-specific allergen or another multivalent binding agent, such as an anti-IgG or fragment antibody.
  • an IgG-specific allergen or another multivalent binding agent, such as an anti-IgG or fragment antibody.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascade also leads to degranulation which may be broken into the same two stages: upstream and downstream.
  • compounds that selectively inhibit upstream Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation act upstream of the point at which calcium ion mobilization is induced.
  • compounds that selectively inhibit upstream Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation inhibit degranulation of cells such as mast or basophil cells that are activated or stimulated with an IgG-specific allergen or binding agent (such as an anti-IgG antibody or fragment) but do not appreciably inhibit degranulation of cells that are activated or stimulated with degranulating agents that bypass the Fc ⁇ RI signaling pathway, such as, for example the calcium ionophores ionomycin and A23187.
  • Ionophore-Induced Degranulation or “Ionophore-Mediated Degranulation” refers to degranulation of a cell, such as a mast or basophil cell, that occurs upon exposure to a calcium ionophore such as, for example, ionomycin or A23187.
  • Spyk Kinase refers to the wel1-known 72kDa non-receptor (cytoplasmic) spleen protein tyrosine kinase expressed in B-cells and other hematopoetic cells.
  • Syk kinase includes two consensus Src-homology 2 (SH2) domains in tandem that bind to phosphorylated immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs ("ITAMs"), a "linker” domain and a catalytic domain (for a review of the structure and function of Syk kinase see Sada et al, 2001, J. Biochem. (Tokyo) 130:177-186); see also Turner et al, 2000, Immunology Today 21:148-154). Syk kinase has been extensively studied as an effector of B-cell receptor (BCR) signaling (Turner et al, 2000, supra).
  • BCR B-cell receptor
  • Syk kinase is also critical for tyrosine phosphorylation of multiple proteins which regulate important pathways leading from immunoreceptors, such as Ca 2+ mobilization and mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) cascades and degranulation. Syk kinase also plays a critical role in integrin signaling in neutrophils (see, e.g., Mocsai et al. 2002, Immunity 16:547-558).
  • Syk kinase includes kinases from any species of animal, including but not limited to, homosapiens, simian, bovine, porcine, rodent, etc., recognized as belonging to the Syk family. Specifically included are isoforms, splice variants, allelic variants, mutants, both naturally occurring and man-made. The amino acid sequences of such Syk kinases are well known and available from GENBANK. Specific examples of mRNAs encoding different isoforms of human Syk kinase can be found at GENBANK accession no.
  • tyrosine kinases belonging to other families may have active sites or binding pockets that are similar in three-dimensional structure to that of Syk. As a consequence of this structural similarity, such kinases, referred to herein as "Syk mimics,” are expected to catalyze phosphorylation of substrates phosphorylated by Syk.
  • Syk mimics signal transduction cascades in which such Syk mimics play a role
  • biological responses effected by such Syk mimics and Syk mimic-dependent signaling cascades may be regulated, and in particular inhibited, with many of the prodrugs described herein.
  • Syk-Dependent Signaling Cascade refers to a signal transduction cascade in which Syk kinase plays a role.
  • Non-1imiting examples of such Syk-dependent signaling cascades include the Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RIII, BCR and integral signaling cascades.
  • Autoimmune Disease refers to those diseases which are commonly associated with the nonanaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions (Type II, Type III and/or Type IV hypersensitivity reactions) that generally result as a consequence of the subject's own humoral and/or cell-mediated immune response to one or more immunogenic substances of endogenous and/or exogenous origin. Such autoimmune diseases are distinguished from diseases associated with the anaphylactic (Type I or IgE-mediated ) hypersensitivity reactions.
  • the instant disclosure provides prodrugs of biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, such as the various 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds described in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003
  • Prodrugs of these 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds are of particular interest, as these compounds inhibit upstream Fc receptor signaling cascades as well as Syk kinase and Syk kinase-dependent signaling cascades.
  • the prodrugs generally include such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds in which one or more of the available primary or secondary amine groups is masked with a progroup R p that metabolizes in vivo by to yield the active 2,4 pyrimidinediamine drug.
  • the nature of the progroup can vary, and will depend upon, among other factors, the desired water solubility of the prodrug, its intended mode of administration and/or its intended mechanism or site of metabolism to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound.
  • a specific active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug (Compound 1, below)
  • exhibits vastly superior water solubility when formulated as a phosphate prodrug Compound 4, below:
  • This prodrug Compound 4 also exhibits superior bioavailability compared to the corresponding active drug Compound 1 when administered orally to test animals. Li fact, unlike the drug Compound 1, absorption of the prodrug Compound 4 is not dependent upon formulation. In pharmacokinetics studies carried out in rats, the prodrug Compound 4 was absorbed equally well from solutions (e.g., PEG-400 solutions and carboxymethylcellulose solutions) and powders (packed in hard gelatin capsules). While not intending to be bound by any particular theory of operation, it is believed that the improved oral bioavailability of the prodrug Compound 4, as well as its formulation-independent absorption, is due, at least in part, to its higher water-solubility. It is expected that other active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that have similarly low water solubilities, and hence oral bioavailabilities, will exhibit similar increases in water solubility and oral bioavailability when formulated as phosphate prodrugs.
  • phosphate ester prodrug of active drug Compound 1 would be expected to have lower water-solubility than the active Compound 1 compound.
  • phosphate ester prodrugs of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that have lower water-solubility than the corresponding active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds will be especially useful in applications and formulations where low water-solubility is desirable, such as formulations adapted for delivery via inhalation.
  • One class of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that is expected to benefit from formulation as prodrugs, and in particular as phosphate prodrugs, includes 2,4- pyrimidinediamines in which the N4-substituent of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety is a
  • Such prodrugs can include progroups R p at: one or both of the non-aromatic ring nitrogens of the heteroaryl ring, the N2-nitrogen of the 2,4-pyrimidinedimaine moiety, the N4-nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety and/or any available nitrogen atoms in the substituent attached to the N2 nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety.
  • the prodrugs are compounds according to structural formula (I):
  • Y is selected from CH 2 , NR 24 , O, S, S(O) and S(O) 2 ;
  • Z 1 and Z 2 are each, independently of one another, selected from CH and N;
  • R 2 is selected from lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups, lower cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R 8 groups, cyclohexyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups, 3-8 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R 8 groups, (C6-C14) aryl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R 8 groups, phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R 8 groups and 5-15 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R 8 groups;
  • R is selected from halo, fluoro, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl and trifluoromethyl;
  • R is selected from R a , R , R a substituted with one or more, for example, from one to four, of the same or different R a or R b , -OR a substituted with one or more of the same or different R a or R b , -B(OR a ) 2 , -B(NR c R c ) 2 , -(CH 2 ) m -R b , -(CHR a ) m -R b , -O-(CH 2 ) m -R b , -S-(CH 2 ) m -R b , -O- CHR a R b , -O- CR a (R b ) 2 , -0-(CHR a ) m -R b , -O- (CH 2 ) m -CH[(CH 2 ) m R b ]R b , -S-(CHR
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 are each, independently of one another, selected from hydrogen and a progroup R p ;
  • R 24 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and progroup R p ; each m is, independently of the others, an integer from 1 to 3; and each n is, independently of the others, an integer from 0 to 3, with the proviso that at least one of R 21 , R 22 , R 23 and R 24 is a progroup.
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each represent either hydrogen or a progroup R p .
  • R 24 represents hydrogen, a lower alkyl or a progroup R p .
  • the prodrugs can include a single R p progroup, two R p progroups, three R p progroups, or even more R p progroups, depending, in part, on the identity of Y and whether the R 2 substituent includes any R progroups.
  • prodrugs including more than one R p progroup may metabolize at different rates.
  • Prodrugs including a single R p progroup would avoid such differential metabolic kinetics.
  • a specific embodiment of prodrugs according to structural formula (I) that include a single progroup R p are compounds according to structural formula (Ia):
  • Y 1 is selected from CH 2 , NR 24 , O, S, S(O) and S(O) 2 ; and Z 2 , R 2 , R 5 , R 17 ,
  • R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 24 and R p are as previously defined, with the proviso that R 2 does not include any R p groups.
  • R p progroups present in the prodrugs described herein is not critical for success, provided that it hydrolyzes under the conditions of use to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound. It has recently been discovered that a phosphate- containing prodrug according to the structure illustrated below:
  • Such hydroxymethylamine compound are known to be unstable under physiological conditions and various pH ranges where they hydrolyze in vivo to yield formaldehyde and the active drug substance. Based on this observation, it is believed that prodrugs that include hydroxyl "protecting" groups that can be metabolized in vivo, for example by the acidic conditions of the stomach and/or by enzymes present in the digestive tract or other organs and/or tissues or fluids with the body, to yield the hydroxymethylamine intermediate illustrated above will likewise metabolize to the active 2,4 pyrimidinediamine drug.
  • the progroup(s) R p in the prodrugs of structural formulae (I) and (Ia) are of the formula -CR d R d -A-R 3 , where each R d is, independently of the other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, -C(O)R e , -C(O)OR e , -C(O)NR e R e , -C(OR e )(OR e ), optionally substituted (C1-C20) alkyl, (C1-C20) perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted (C7-C30) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-30 membered heteroarylalkyl, where each R e is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, alkyl (for example lower alkyl), aryl (for example phenyl or naphthyl, arylalkyl (for example benzyl), heteroaryl and heteroaryl and heteroaryl and heteroaryl
  • the mechanism by which the R group metabolizes to yield intermediate group -CR d R d -A-H is not critical, and can be caused by, for example, hydrolysis under the acidic conditions of the stomach, and/or by enzymes present in the digestive tract and/or tissues or organs of the body. Indeed, the R group(s) can be selected to metabolize at a particular site within the body. For example, many esters are cleaved under the acidic conditions found in the stomach. Prodrugs designed to cleave chemically in the stomach to the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine can employ progroups including such esters.
  • the progroups may be designed to metabolize in the presence of enzymes such as esterases, amidases, lipolases, phosphatases including ATPases and kinase etc., to yield the intermediate group of formula -CR d R d - A-H.
  • Progroups including linkages capable of metabolizing in vivo to yield such an intermediate group are wel1-known, and include, by way of example and not limitation, ethers, thioethers, silylethers, silylthioethers, esters, thioesters, carbonates, thiocarbonates, carbamates, thiocarbamates, ureas, thioureas, carboxamides, etc.
  • a "precursor" group that is oxidized by oxidative enzymes such as, for example, cytochrome P450 of the liver, to a metabolizable group, can be selected.
  • the identity of the R 3 group can also be selected so as to impart the prodrug with desirable characteristics.
  • lipophilic groups can be used to decrease water solubility and hydrophilic groups can be used to increase water solubility.
  • prodrugs specifically tailored for selected modes of administration can be obtained.
  • the R 3 group can also be designed to impart the prodrug with other properties, such as, for example, improved passive intestinal absorption, improved transport-mediated intestinal absorption, protection against fast metabolism (slow-release prodrugs), tissue-selective delivery, passive enrichment in target tissues, targeting-specific transporters, etc.
  • Groups capable of imparting prodrugs with these characteristics are wel1-known, and are described, for example, in Ettmayer et al., 2004, J. Med. Chem. 47(10:2393-2404), the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference. AU of the various groups described in these references can be utilized in the prodrugs described herein.
  • R 3 is selected from -R f , -C(O)R f , -C(O)NR f R f and -SiR f R f R f , where the R groups are selected so as to impart the prodrugs with desired bioavailability, cleavage and/or targeting properties.
  • the R groups are selected to impart the prodrug with higher water-solubility than the underlying active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine drug.
  • the R groups are selected such that they, taken together with the heteroatom or group to which they are bonded, are hydrophilic in character.
  • Such hydrophilic groups can be charged or uncharged, as is wel1-known in the art.
  • the R groups may be selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower heteroalkyl, optionally substituted lower cycloalkyl, optionally substituted lower heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted (C6-C10) aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C7-C18) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl.
  • the nature of any present substituents can vary widely, as is known in the art. In some embodiments any present substituents are, independently of one another, selected from R b , defined above.
  • the progroups on the prodrugs of formula (I) and/or (Ia) are of the formula -CR d R d -A-R 3 , where R 3 is selected from -(CH 2 ) i -R b , -C(O)R a , -C(O)-(CH 2 )i-R b , -C(O)O-R a and -C(O)O-(CH 2 ) i -R b , where X, R a , R b and R d are as previously defined, and i is an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
  • non-1imiting, examples of exemplary water-solubility increasing progroups include by the way of example and not limitation, hydrophilic groups such as alkyl, arylk, arylalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl groups substituted with one or more of an amine, alcohol, a carboxylic acid, a phosphorous acid, a sulfoxide, a sugar, an amino acid, a thiol, a polyol, a ether, a thioether and a quaternary amine salt.
  • hydrophilic groups such as alkyl, arylk, arylalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl groups substituted with one or more of an amine, alcohol, a carboxylic acid, a phosphorous acid, a sulfoxide, a sugar, an amino acid, a thiol, a polyol, a ether, a thioether and a quaternary amine salt.
  • progroups that contain a phosphate group, for example, phosphate-containing progroups of the formula -(R d R d ) y -O-P (O)(OH) 2 , where R d is as defined above and y is an integer ranging from 1 to 3, typically 1 or 2.
  • each R d is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl and substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl.
  • phosphate-containing progroups R p act as substrates for both alkaline and acid phosphatase enzymes, leading to their removal from the prodrugs under physiological conditions of use.
  • alkaline phosphatases are abundant in the digestive tract of humans, phosphate-containing progroups R p that can be cleaved in the presence of alkaline phosphatases are particularly suitable for formulating phosphate-containing prodrugs intended for oral administration.
  • phosphate-containing progroups R p suitable for use in prodrugs intended for oral administration include, but are not limited to, groups of the formula -(R d R d ) j ,-O-P (O)(OH) 2 in which each R d is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkanyl.
  • exemplary embodiments of such phosphate- containing progroups include, but are not limited to, -CH 2 -O-P(O)(OH) 2 and -CH 2 CH 2 -O-P(O)(OH) 2 .
  • phosphate-containing prodrugs suitable for oral administration are of interest, skilled artisans will appreciate that prodrugs including phosphate-containing progroups R p can be administered via other routes of administration, as phosphatases are distributed throughout the body.
  • exemplary prodrug Compound 4 has been found to metabolize to the active drug Compound 1 in in vitro experiments carried out with rat plasma, as well as with rat hepatic and intestinal microsomal preparations, indicating that phosphatases are also present in plasma.
  • the particular phosphate-containing progroup R p selected should be removable under the conditions of intended use.
  • R p is a hydroxyalky1-containing progroup of the formula -CR d R d -OH, where R is as previously defined.
  • R p is -CH 2 OH.
  • phosphate prodrugs can be generated by in vivo hydrolysis of phosphate ester prodrugs, such as phosphate ester prodrugs 20 and/or by in vivo oxidation of phosphite prodrugs, such as phosphite prodrugs 24.
  • Such phosphate ester and phosphite prodrugs can in turn be generated by either in vivo oxidation or hydrolysis of phosphite ester prodrugs such as phosphite ester prodrugs 22.
  • the corresponding phosphate ester, phosphite and phosphite ester prodrugs of phosphate prodrug 26 are illustrated in FIG. IB as compounds 30, 34 and 32, respectively.
  • prodrugs that include precursors of phosphates that can metabolize into phosphate groups in vivo axe also included in the present invention.
  • the phosphorous-containing progroup R p comprises a phosphite group.
  • a specific exemplary embodiment of such phosphite- containing prodrugs includes prodrug compounds in which the progroup R p is of the formula -(CR d R d ) y -O-P(OH)(OH), where R d and y are as previously defined.
  • the phosphorous-containing progroup R p comprises an acyclic phosphate ester or phosphite ester group.
  • acyclic phosphate ester and phosphite ester prodrugs include progroups R p of the formula -(CR d R d ) y 0-P(0)(0H)(0R e ), -(CR d R d ) y O-P(O)(OR e ) 2 ,
  • R e is selected from substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, 4-1ower alkoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl), substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl, 1-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl), -(CR d R d ) y OR f , -(CR d R d ) y O-C(O)R f , -(CR d R d ) y O- C(O)OR f , -(CR d R
  • phosphorous-containing prodrugs that include phosphate precursors are prodrugs in which the phosphorous-containing progroup R comprises a cyclic
  • the substituents R h on such cyclic phosphate ester and phosphite ester prodrugs are selected such that the progroup is metabolized in vitro by esterase enzymes.
  • Specific examples of such phosphate ester and phosphite ester progroups include those in which each R h is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, methyl, ethyl and propyl. In some embodiments, such progroups are selected from
  • the identity of the particular phosphorous-containing progroups R p employed can be selected to tailor the prodrugs for particular modes of delivery, etc.
  • any particular progroup R p for a desired mode of administration can be confirmed in biochemical assays.
  • a prodrug is to be administered by injection into a particular tissue or organ, and the identities of the various phosphatases expressed in the tissue or organ are known
  • the particular prodrug can be tested for metabolism in biochemical assays with the isolated phosphatase(s).
  • the particular prodrug can be tested for metabolism to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound with tissue and/or organ extracts.
  • tissue and/or organ extracts can be of particular convenience when the identity(ies) of the phosphatases expressed in the target tissues or organs are unknown, or in instances when the isolated phosphatases are not conveniently available.
  • the prodrugs are prodrugs according to structural formula (I) or (Ia) that have one or more features selected from:
  • R 5 is fluoro
  • R 2 is a phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R 8 groups; (iii) R 2 is 3,4,5-tri(loweralkoxy)phenyl;
  • R 2 is 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl
  • Y or Y 1 is O; Z 1 is CH, Z 2 is N; R 17 and R 18 are each methyl; and R 19 and R 20 are taken together to form an oxogroup; and
  • R p is a hydroxyalky1-containing progroup of the formula -CH 2 OH, or a phosphate-containing progroup of the formula -(CR d R d ) y -O-P(O)(OH) 2 , or a phosphate ester, phosphite or phosphite ester analog thereof, wherein y is 1 or 2 and each R d is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl, or
  • R p is selected from -CH 2 OH, CH 2 -SH, -CH 2 -NH 2 , -CH 2 -NHR 50 , -CH 2 -N(R 50 ) 2 , -CH 2 -A-R f , -CH 2 -A-C(0)R f , -CH 2 -A-C(O)OR f and -CH 2 -A-C(0)NR f R f , where A, R 50 and R f are as previously defined.
  • the prodrugs of structural formulae (I) and (Ia) have two or three of the above-delineated features.
  • the prodrugs have features (i), (iii) and (v).
  • the prodrugs have features (i), (iv) and (v).
  • the prodrugs have features (i), (iii), (v) and (vi) or (vii).
  • the prodrugs have features (i), (iv), (v) and (vi) or (vii).
  • R p is a phosphate-containing progroup of the formula -(CR d R d ) y O-P(O)(OH) 2 .
  • substitutions are typically, independently of one another, selected from amongst the R groups described in connection with structural formula (I).
  • any present substitutions are, independently of one another, selected from hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, (C6-C14) aryloxy, lower alkoxyalkyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl and halogen.
  • prodrugs described herein may exhibit the phenomena of tautomerism, conformational isomerism, geometric isomerism and/or optical isomerism.
  • the prodrugs may include one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and as a consequence may exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers and diasteromers and mixtures thereof, such as racemic mixtures.
  • the prodrugs may exist in several tautomeric forms, including the enol form, the keto form and mixtures thereof.
  • the prodrugs described herein may be identified by either their chemical structure or their chemical name. When the chemical structure and the chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the specific prodrug.
  • the prodrugs described herein may be in the form of salts.
  • Such salts include salts suitable for pharmaceutical uses ("pharmaceutically-acceptable salts"), salts suitable for veterinary uses, etc. Such salts may be derived from acids or bases, as is wel1-known in the art.
  • the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those salts that retain substantially one or more of the desired pharmacological activities of the parent compound and which are suitable for administration to humans.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids or organic acids.
  • Inorganic acids suitable for forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, by way of example and not limitation, hydrohalide acids ⁇ e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydriodic, etc.), sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
  • Organic acids suitable for forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, by way of example and not limitation, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, palmitic acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, alkylsulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, etc.), arylsulfonic acids (e.g., benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalene
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion (e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion or an aluminum ion) or coordinates with an organic base (e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, morpholine, piperidine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, etc.).
  • a metal ion e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion or an aluminum ion
  • organic base e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, morpholine, piperidine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, etc.
  • prodrugs described herein, as well as the salts thereof may also be in the form of hydrates, solvates and N-oxides, as are well-known in the art. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the expression "prodrug" is intended to encompass such salts, hydrates, solvates and/or N-oxides.
  • Specific exemplary salts include, but are not limited to, mono- and di- sodium salts, mono- and di-potassium salts, mono- and di-1ithium salts, mono- and di- alkylamino salts, mono-magnesium salts, mono-calcium salts and ammonium salts.
  • prodrugs described herein, as well as intermediates therefor may be synthesized via a variety of different synthetic routes using commercially available starting materials and/or starting materials prepared by conventional synthetic methods.
  • Suitable exemplary methods that may be routinely used and/or adapted to synthesize active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds can be found in U.S. Patent No. 5,958,935, U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial
  • prodrugs according to structural formula (I) and/or (Ia) can be prepared by reacting the corresponding active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine (i.e., compounds according to structural formulae (I) and/or (Ia) in which each R p is hydrogen) with an aldehyde or a ketone to give an ⁇ -hydroxymethyl amine, which can then be reacted with an electrophile to yield a prodrug.
  • An exemplary synthesis of this type is illustrated in Scheme (I), below:
  • ⁇ -hydroxymethylamines 14a, 14b and 14c can be converted into a variety of different types of prodrugs 15a, 15b and 15c.
  • the ⁇ -hydroxymethylamines can be reacted with an alcohol in the presence of a strong acid catalyst, or a carbon-bearing halide (e.g., CH 3 Br), to yield the corresponding ether derivatives (e.g., compounds in which R 3 is R f , where R f is as previously defined).
  • hydroxyl protecting groups could also be used, including, for example, the various different hydroxyl protecting groups described in Green & Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, " 2d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, pp. 10-142, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia) can be synthesized by nucleophilic substitution of the corresponding phosphate esters.
  • An example of this synthetic route is illustrated in Scheme (II), below: [0149] According to Scheme (II), active 2,4- ⁇ yrimidinediamine 10 is reacted with di-tert- butyl chloromethylphosphate 13 in the presence of cesium carbonate to yield a mixture of four products: unreacted starting material 10 (not illustrated) and phosphate esters 17a, 17b and 17c, which are themselves prodrugs as described herein.
  • R 2 is 3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl phosphate ester 17a is the major product.
  • Di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate 13 can be prepared from di-tert-butyl phosphate as illustrated in Scheme (III), below:
  • di-tert-butyl phosphate 9 is obtained from the corresponding di-tert-butyl phosphite 7 as described in Krise et al, 1990, J. Med. Chem. 42:3793-3794. Reaction of phosphate 9 with chloromethyl chlorosulfate 11 (available from Synergetica, Inc., Sicklerville, NJ 08081) as described in Mantyla et al, 2002, Tet. Lett.
  • hydroxymethylamine 14a can be prepared in a two-step process by first reacting active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine 10 with a bis functional electrophile, such as, for example, chloro-iodomethane (1-CH 2 Cl), to yield a chloro-methyl intermediate, which can then be hydroxylated by reaction with basic hydroxide or reacted with various nucleophilic reagents such as alkoxides, amines or sulfide to make R p .
  • a bis functional electrophile such as, for example, chloro-iodomethane (1-CH 2 Cl)
  • diols 21 are converted to the corresponding cyclic phosphates 23 using literature procedures as depicted.
  • Cyclic phosphates 23 are converted to the corresponding chloromethyl phosphate esters 25 in any of the three ways depicted.
  • Compound 1 is converted to cyclic phosphate ester derivatives 27, 29, and 31, via addition of 25 under conditions as previously described for the synthesis of compounds 17a-c.
  • Cyclic phosphate ester derivatives 27, 29, and 31, are converted to the corresponding phosphate derivatives via treatment under acidic conditions as described for the synthesis of compound 16, or via hydrogenation using, for example, palladium catalyst.
  • the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds used as starting materials may include functional groups that require protection during synthesis.
  • the exact identity of any protecting group(s) used will depend upon the identity of the functional group being protected, and will be apparent to these of skill in the art.
  • Guidance for selecting appropriate protecting groups, as well as synthetic strategies for their attachment and removal, may be found, for example, in Greene & Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1999) and the references cited therein (hereinafter "Greene & Wuts").
  • allergen-specific IgE antibodies Upon exposure allergens, which may be, among other things, pollen or parasites, allergen-specific IgE antibodies are synthesized by B-cells activated by IL-4 (or IL- 13) and other messengers to switch to IgE class specific antibody synthesis. These allergen-specific IgEs bind to the high affinity Fc ⁇ RI.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI -bound IgEs Upon binding of antigen, the Fc ⁇ RI -bound IgEs are cross-1inked and the IgE receptor signal transduction pathway is activated, which leads to degranulation of the cells and consequent release and/or synthesis of a host of chemical mediators, including histamine, proteases (e.g., tryptase and chymase), lipid mediators such as leukotrienes (e.g., LTC4), platelet-activating factor (PAF) and prostaglandins (e.g., PGD2) and a series of cytokines, including TNF- ⁇ , IL-4, IL-13, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, GMCSF, VEGF and TGF- ⁇ .
  • PGF platelet-activating factor
  • PGD2 prostaglandins
  • cytokines including TNF- ⁇ , IL-4, IL-13, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, GMCSF,
  • the molecular events in the Fc ⁇ RI signal transduction pathway that lead to release of preformed mediators via degranulation and release and/or synthesis of other chemical mediators are wel1-known.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI is a heterotetrameric receptor composed of an IgE- binding alpha-subunit, a beta subunit, and two gamma subunits (gamma homodimer).
  • Cross- linking of Fc ⁇ RI-bound IgE by multivalent binding agents including, for example IgE- specific allergens or anti-IgE antibodies or fragments induces the rapid association and activation of the Src-related kinase Lyn.
  • Lyn phosphorylates immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs (ITAMS) on the intracellular beta and gamma subunits, which leads to the recruitment of additional Lyn to the beta subunit and Syk kinase to the gamma homodimer.
  • ITAMS immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs
  • These receptor-associated kinases which are activated by intra- and intermolecular phosphorylation, phosphorylate other components of the pathway, such as the Btk kinase, LAT, and phospholipase C-gamma PLC-gamma).
  • Activated PLC-gamma initiates pathways that lead to protein kinase C activation and Ca 2+ mobilization, both of which are required for degranulation.
  • Fc ⁇ Rl cross-1inking also activates the three major classes of mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinases, i.e. ERK1/2, JNK1/2, and p38. Activation of these pathways is important in the transcriptional regulation of proinflammatory mediators, such as TNF- ⁇ and IL-6, as well as the lipid mediator leukotriene C4 (LTC4).
  • MAP mitogen activated protein
  • the Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascade is believed to share some common elements with the FceRI signaling cascade.
  • the Fc ⁇ RI includes a gamma homodimer that is phosphorylated and recruits Syk, and like Fc ⁇ RI, activation of the Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascade leads to, among other things, degranulation.
  • Other Fc receptors that share the gamma homodimer, and which can be regulated by the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds include, but are not limited to, Fc ⁇ RI and Fc ⁇ RIII.
  • PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( )• [0165]
  • the ability of a particular prodrug to metabolize to an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound under the desired conditions of use can be confirmed in in vitro and/or in vivo assays, as previously described.
  • the prodrugs described herein such as the prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia) metabolize when administered to animals and humans into active compounds that inhibit Fc receptor signaling cascades, especially those Fc receptors including a gamma homodimer, such as the Fc ⁇ RI and/or Fc ⁇ RI signaling cascades, that lead to, among other things, the release and/or synthesis of chemical mediators from cells, either via degranulation or other processes.
  • the active compounds are also potent inhibitors of Syk kinase.
  • prodrugs of these active compounds may be used in a variety of in vitro, in vivo and ex vivo contexts to regulate or inhibit Syk kinase, signaling cascades in which Syk kinase plays a role, Fc receptor signaling cascades, and the biological responses effected by such signaling cascades.
  • the prodrugs may be used to inhibit Syk kinase, either in vitro or in vivo, in virtually any cell type expressing Syk kinase. They may also be used to regulate signal transduction cascades in which Syk kinase plays a role.
  • Such Syk-dependent signal transduction cascades include, but are not limited to, the Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RIII, BCR and integrin signal transduction cascades.
  • the prodrugs may also be used in vitro or in vivo to regulate, and in particular inhibit, cellular or biological responses effected by such Syk- dependent signal transduction cascades.
  • Such cellular or biological responses include, but are not limited to, respiratory burst, cellular adhesion, cellular degranulation, cell spreading, cell migration, cell aggregation, phagocytosis, cytokine synthesis and release, cell maturation and Ca 2+ flux.
  • the prodrugs may be used to inhibit Syk kinase in vivo as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated, either wholly or in part, by a Syk kinase activity.
  • Non-1imiting examples of Syk kinase mediated diseases that may be treated or prevented with the prodrugs are those discussed in more detail, below.
  • the prodrugs may be used to regulate or inhibit the Fc receptor signaling cascades and/or Fc ⁇ RI- and/or Fc ⁇ RI-mediated degranulation as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by and/or associated with the release or synthesis of chemical mediators of such Fc receptor signaling cascades or degranulation.
  • Such treatments may be administered to animals in veterinary contexts or to humans.
  • Diseases that are characterized by, caused by or associated with such mediator release, synthesis or degranulation, and that can therefore be treated or prevented with the active compounds include, by way of example and not limitation, atopy or anaphylactic hypersensitivity or allergic reactions, allergies (e.g., allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic asthma, atopic dermatitis and food allergies), low grade scarring (e.g., of scleroderma, increased fibrosis, keloids, post-surgical scars, pulmonary fibrosis, vascular spasms, migraine, reperfusion injury and post myocardial infarction), diseases associated with tissue destruction (e.g., of COPD, cardiobronchitis and post myocardial infarction), diseases associated with tissue inflammation (e.g., irritable bowel syndrome, spastic colon and inflammatory bowel disease), inflammation and scarring.
  • atopy or anaphylactic hypersensitivity or allergic reactions include, by way of example and not limitation,
  • prodrugs of these active compounds are useful for treating or preventing such diseases and/or symptoms.
  • the types of autoimmune diseases that may be treated or prevented with such prodrugs generally include those disorders involving tissue injury that occurs as a result of a humoral and/or cel1- mediated response to immunogens or antigens of endogenous and/or exogenous origin. Such diseases are frequently referred to as diseases involving the nonanaphylactic (i.e., Type II, Type III and/or Type IV) hypersensitivity reactions.
  • Type I hypersensitivity reactions generally result from the release of pharmacologically active substances, such as histamine, from mast and/or basophil cells following contact with a specific exogenous antigen. As mentioned above, such Type I reactions play a role in numerous diseases, including allergic asthma, allergic rhinitis, etc.
  • Type II hypersensitivity reactions also referred to as cytotoxic, cytolytic complement-dependent or cel1-stimulating hypersensitivity reactions
  • Diseases that are commonly associated with Type II hypersensitivity reactions include, but are not limited, to autoimmune hemolytic anemia, erythroblastosis fetalis and Goodpasture's disease.
  • Type III hypersensitivity reactions (also referred to as toxic complex, soluble complex, or immune complex hypersensitivity reactions) result from the deposition of soluble circulating antigen-immunoglobulin complexes in vessels or in tissues, with accompanying acute inflammatory reactions at the site of immune complex deposition.
  • Non-1imiting examples of prototypical Type III reaction diseases include the Arthus reaction, rheumatoid arthritis, serum sickness, systemic lupus erythematosis, certain types of glomerulonephritis, multiple sclerosis and bullous pemphingoid.
  • Type IV hypersensitivity reactions (frequently called cellular, cel1-mediated, delayed, or tuberculin-type hypersensitivity reactions) are caused by sensitized T-1ymphocytes which result from contact with a specific antigen.
  • Non-1imiting examples of diseases cited as involving Type IV reactions are contact dermatitis and allograft rejection.
  • Autoimmune diseases associated with any of the above nonanaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions may be treated or prevented with the prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia).
  • the methods may be used to treat or prevent those autoimmune diseases frequently characterized as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders including, but not limited to: Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune atrophic gastritis of pernicious anemia, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune orchitis, Goodpasture's disease, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, sympathetic ophthalmia, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, chronic aggressive hepatitis, ulcerative colitis and membranous glomerulopathy, as well as those autoimmune diseases frequently characterized as involving systemic autoimmune disorder, which include but are not limited to: systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), rheumato
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • RA typically results in swelling, pain, loss of motion and tenderness of target joints throughout the body.
  • RA is characterized by chronically inflamed synovium that is densely crowded with lymphocytes.
  • the synovial membrane which is typically one cell layer thick, becomes intensely cellular and assumes a form similar to lymphoid tissue, including dendritic cells, T-, B- and NK cells, macrophages and clusters of plasma cells.
  • the methods may be used to treat or ameliorate any one, several or all of these symptoms of RA.
  • the methods are considered to provide therapeutic benefit (discussed more generally, infra) when a reduction or amelioration of any of the symptoms commonly associated with RA is achieved, regardless of whether the treatment results in a concomitant treatment of the underlying RA and/or a reduction in the amount of circulating rheumatoid factor ("RF").
  • ACR American College of Rheumatology
  • SLE Systemic lupus erythematosis
  • symptoms such as fever, joint pain (arthralgias), arthritis, and serositis (pleurisy or pericarditis).
  • the methods are considered to provide therapeutic benefit when a reduction or amelioration of any of the symptoms commonly associated with SLE are achieved, regardless of whether the treatment results in a concomitant treatment of the underlying SLE.
  • MS Multiple sclerosis
  • the methods are considered to provide therapeutic benefit when an improvement or a reduction in the progression of any one or more of the crippling effects commonly associated with MS is achieved, regardless of whether the treatment results in a concomitant treatment of the underlying MS .
  • the prodrugs described herein may be administered singly, as mixtures of one or more prodrugs or in mixture or combination with other agents useful for treating such diseases and/or the symptoms associated with such diseases.
  • the prodrugs may also be administered in mixture or in combination with agents useful to treat other disorders or maladies, such as steroids, membrane stabilizers, 5LO inhibitors, leukotriene synthesis and receptor inhibitors, inhibitors of IgE isotype switching or IgE synthesis, IgG isotype switching or IgG synthesis, ⁇ -agonists, tryptase inhibitors, aspirin, COX inhibitors, methotrexate, anti-TNF drugs, retuxin, PD4 inhibitors, p38 inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, and antihistamines, to name a few.
  • the prodrugs may be administered in the form of compounds per se, or as pharmaceutical compositions comprising a prodrug.
  • compositions comprising the prodrug(s) may be manufactured by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilization processes.
  • the compositions may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients or auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the prodrugs into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically.
  • the prodrug may be formulated in the pharmaceutical composition per se, or in the form of a hydrate, solvate, N-oxide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, as previously described. Typically, such salts are more soluble in aqueous solutions than the corresponding free acids and bases, but salts having lower solubility than the corresponding free acids and bases may also be formed.
  • compositions may take a form suitable for virtually any mode of administration, including, for example, topical, ocular, oral, buccal, systemic, nasal, injection, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, etc., or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the prodrug(s) may be formulated as solutions, gels, ointments, creams, suspensions, etc. as are wel1-known in the art.
  • Systemic formulations include those designed for administration by injection, e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or intraperitoneal injection, as well as those designed for transdermal, transmucosal oral or pulmonary administration.
  • Useful injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions of the active compound(s) in aqueous or oily vehicles.
  • the compositions may also contain formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agent.
  • the formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and may contain added preservatives.
  • the injectable formulation may be provided in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, dextrose solution, etc., before use.
  • a suitable vehicle including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, dextrose solution, etc.
  • the active compound(s) may be dried by any art-known technique, such as lyophilization, and reconstituted prior to use.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are known in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, lozenges, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate).
  • binding agents e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica
  • disintegrants e.g
  • the tablets may be coated by methods well known in the art with, for example, sugars, films or enteric coatings.
  • Phosphate prodrugs in which the progroup(s) is of the formula -(CR d R d ) y O-P(O)(OH) 2 , where each R d is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl and y is 1 or 2 and that exhibit a water-solubility in the range of about 0.1 to 1000 mg/ml at physiological pH are especially suited for oral administration via tablets and capsules.
  • prodrug Compound 4 When administered t Sprague-Dawley rats orally from capsules, prodrug Compound 4 exhibits a bioavailability of drug Compound 1 of about 30% (see FIG. 5), with absorption being nearly identical to that of active drug Compound 1 (see FIG. 6).
  • Other phosphate prodrugs having water-solubility properties similar to those of prodrug Compound 4 are expected to exhibit similar pharmacokinetic properties
  • a specific exemplary tablet formulation for prodrug Compound 4 contains about 50-400 mg prodrug compound (or a salt thereof), about 0.05 to 0.5 wt% colloidal silicon dioxide, about 0.5 to 5.0 wt% croscarmellose sodium, about 0.25 to 5.0 wt% magnesium stearate and about 20 to 80 wt% microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the tablets can be coated with a film, such as a hypromellose film carboxymethyl cellulose or fructose, which can optionally contain coloring agents, such as for example FD&C blue #1, PD&C green #3, FD&C yellow #6 and titanium dioxide.
  • Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, elixirs, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, cremophoreTM or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propy1-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid).
  • the preparations may also contain buffer salts, preservatives, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
  • compositions for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the prodrug, as is well known.
  • the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
  • the prodrug(s) may be formulated as solutions (for retention enemas) suppositories or ointments containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
  • the prodrug(s) can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressurized packs or a nebulizer with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, fluorocarbons, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • a suitable propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, fluorocarbons, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
  • the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
  • Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • the prodrug(s) may be formulated as a solution, emulsion, suspension, etc. suitable for administration to the eye.
  • a variety of vehicles suitable for administering compounds to the eye are known in the art. Specific non-1imiting examples are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,261,547; U.S. Patent No. 6,197,934; U.S. Patent No. 6,056,950; U.S. Patent No. 5,800,807; U.S. Patent No.
  • the ⁇ rodrug(s) can be formulated as a depot preparation for administration by implantation or intramuscular injection.
  • the prodrug(s) may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • transdermal delivery systems manufactured as an adhesive disc or patch which slowly releases the prodrug(s) for percutaneous absorption may be used.
  • permeation enhancers may be used to facilitate transdermal penetration of the prodrug(s). Suitable transdermal patches are described in for example, U.S. Patent No.
  • Liposomes and emulsions are wel1-known examples of delivery vehicles that may be used to deliver prodrug(s).
  • Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) may also be employed, although usually at the cost of greater toxicity. '
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the prodrug(s).
  • the pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack.
  • the pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the prodrug(s) described herein, or compositions thereof, will generally be used in an amount effective to achieve the intended result, for example in an amount effective to treat or prevent the particular disease being treated.
  • the prodrag(s) may be administered therapeutically to achieve therapeutic benefit or prophylactically to achieve prophylactic benefit.
  • therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated and/or eradication or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that the patient reports an improvement in feeling or condition, notwithstanding that the patient may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder.
  • administration of a compound to a patient suffering from an allergy provides therapeutic benefit not only when the underlying allergic response is eradicated or ameliorated, but also when the patient reports a decrease in the severity or duration of the symptoms associated with the allergy following exposure to the allergen.
  • therapeutic benefit in the context of asthma includes an improvement in respiration following the onset of an asthmatic attack, or a reduction in the frequency or severity of asthmatic episodes.
  • Therapeutic benefit in the context of RA also includes the ACR20, or ACR50 or ACR70, as previously described.
  • Therapeutic benefit also generally includes halting or slowing the progression of the disease, regardless of whether improvement is realized.
  • the prodrug(s) may be administered to a patient at risk of developing one of the previously described diseases.
  • the prodrug(s) may be administered prior to administration of the drug to avoid or ameliorate an allergic response to the drug.
  • prophylactic administration may be applied to avoid the onset of symptoms in a patient diagnosed with the underlying disorder.
  • the prodrug(s) may be administered to an allergy sufferer prior to expected exposure to the allergen.
  • Prodrug(s) may also be administered prophylactically to healthy individuals who are repeatedly exposed to agents known to one of the above-described maladies to prevent the onset of the disorder.
  • prodrug(s) may be administered to a healthy individual who is repeatedly exposed to an allergen known to induce allergies, such as latex, in an effort to prevent the individual from developing an allergy.
  • prodrug(s) may be administered to a patient suffering from asthma prior to partaking in activities which trigger asthma attacks to lessen the severity of, or avoid altogether, an asthmatic episode.
  • the amount of prodrug(s) administered will depend upon a variety of factors, including, for example, the particular indication being treated, the mode of administration, whether the desired benefit is prophylactic or therapeutic, the severity of the indication being treated and the age and weight of the patient, the bioavailability of the particular prodrug(s) the conversation rate and efficiency into active drug compound under the selected route of administration, etc. Determination of an effective dosage of prodrug(s) for a particular use and mode of administration is well within the capabilities of those skilled in the art.
  • Effective dosages may be estimated initially from in vitro activity and metabolism assays.
  • an initial dosage of prodrug for use in animals may be formulated to achieve a circulating blood or serum concentration of the metabolite active compound that is at or above an IC 5 O of the particular compound as measured in as in vitro assay, such as the in vitro CHMC or BMMC and other in vitro assays described in U.S. application Serial No.
  • Initial dosages of prodrug can also be estimated from in vivo data, such as animal models.
  • Animal models useful for testing the efficacy of the active metabolites to treat or prevent the various diseases described above are wel1-known in the art. Suitable animal models of hypersensitivity or allergic reactions are described in Foster, 1995, Allergy 50(21Suppl):6-9, discussion 34-38 and Tumas et al, 2001, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107(6):1025-1033. Suitable animal models of allergic rhinitis are described in Szelenyi et al, 2000, Arzneiffenforschung 50(11):1037-42; Kawaguchi et al, 1994, Clin. Exp.
  • Suitable animal models of atopic disorders such as atopic dermatitis, atopic eczema and atopic asthma are described in Chan et al, 2001, J. Invest. Dermatol. 117(4):977-983 and Suto et al, 1999, Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 120(Suppl l):70-75.
  • Animal models suitable for testing the bioavailability and/or metabolism of prodrugs into active metabolites are also wel1-known. Ordinarily skilled artisans can routinely adapt such information to determine dosages of particular prodrugs suitable for human administration. Additional suitable animal models are described in the Examples section.
  • Dosage amounts will typically be in the range of from about 0.0001 mg/kg/day, 0.001 mg/kg/day or 0.01 mg/kg/day to about 100 mg/kg/day, but may be higher or lower, depending upon, among other factors, the activity of the active metabolite compound, the bioavailability of the prodrug, its metabolism kinetics and other pharmacokinetic properties, the mode of administration and various other factors, discussed above. Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the prodrug(s) and/or active metabolite compound(s) which are sufficient to maintain therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
  • the prodrugs may be administered once per week, several times per week (e.g., every other day), once per day or multiple times per day, depending upon, among other things, the mode of administration, the specific indication being treated and the judgment of the prescribing physician.
  • the effective local concentration of prodrug(s) and/or active metabolite compound(s) may not be related to plasma concentration. Skilled artisans will be able to optimize effective local dosages without undue experimentation.
  • the prodrugs will metabolize into active compound(s) that will provide therapeutic or prophylactic benefit without causing substantial toxicity.
  • Toxicity of the active and other metabolites, as well as the unmetabolized prodrug may be determined using standard pharmaceutical procedures.
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic (or prophylactic) effect is the therapeutic index.
  • Prodrug(s) that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • N4-(2,2-dimethy1-3-oxo-4H-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (1, 1.0 g, 2.12 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (1.0 g, 3.07 mmol) and di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate (2, 0.67 g, 2.59 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Progress of the reaction was monitored by LC/MS.
  • reaction mixture was concentrated, dried and triturated with ether.
  • the ethereal layer was decanted and dried to provide the crude solid.
  • LC/MS analysis of the crude displayed three peaks with M + +H 581, 471 and 501.
  • the peak corresponding to M + +H 581 was collected by preparative HPLC chromatographic purification.
  • N4-(2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-4H-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamme (Compound 1, 19.73 g, 41.97 mmol), Cs 2 CO 3 (15.04 g, 46.16 mmol) and di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate (13.0 g, 50.38 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Progress of the reaction was monitored by in process LC/MS.
  • reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water (400 mL) and stirred the contents by adding brine solution (200 mL). Fine yellow tan solid formed was filtered, washed with water and dried overnight.
  • step 2 can be done directly, however, DMF extraction back into solution leads to difficulty in the crystallization step.
  • the clear solution formed was treated with aqueous (10 mL) CaCl 2 (0.11 g in 10 mL water, 0.99 mmol) in a dropwise manner at room temperature. The addition resulted in the precipitation of a white solid from reaction mixture. Upon completion of addition, the contents were stirred for a period of 30 min, filtered, washed with water (40 mL) and dried. The clear white solid was taken in water (30 mL) and heated on a stir plate to boil. The solution was cooled, filtered and dried.
  • N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin- 6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (prepared as described above) (0.2 g, 0.29 mmol) was added to a mixture of MeOH(5 mL) and Et 2 O (5 mL). 2N aq. NaOH (0.023 g, 0.58 mmol) was added at once while stirring the contents at room temperature. Progress of the reaction was monitored by LC/MS.
  • Drug Compound 1 is Biologically Active in In Vitro Assays
  • Compound 1 blocks Fc ⁇ RI-dependent activation of Cord-Blood Derived Primary Human Mast Cells (CHMC) in a dose-dependent manner with an EC 50 of approximately 43nM as assessed by measuring the activity of tryptase released upon degranulation.
  • CHMC Cord-Blood Derived Primary Human Mast Cells
  • Compound 1 does not inhibit ionomycin-induced degranulation of CHMCs.
  • Ionomycin is a calcium ionophore that induces CHMC degranulation bypassing early FcR signaling, thus indicating that Compound 1 is specific to FcR signaling, and not degranulation per se.
  • IC-mediated acute inflammatory tissue injury is implicated in a variety of human autoimmune diseases, including vasculitis, serum sickness, systemic lupus erythematosus, RA, and glomerulonephritis.
  • the classical experimental model for IC-mediated tissue injury is the Reverse Passive Arthus (RPA) reaction.
  • RPA Reverse Passive Arthus
  • Intravenous injection of antigen (ovalbumin, OVA) following intradermal injection of antibodies specific to OVA (rabbit anti-OVA IgG) results in perivascular deposition of IC and a rapid inflammatory response characterized by edema, neutrophil infiltration, and hemorrhage at the injection sites (Szalai, et al, 2000, J. Immunol. 164(l):463-468).
  • a single oral treatment of rats with Compound 1 one hour prior to antigen/antibody administration reduced the cutaneous RPA reaction and inflammatory edema in a dose- dependent manner.
  • Administration of 10 mg/kg oral Compound 1 inhibited extravascular leakage of Evans blue dye (OD 610 ) from tissue biopsies by 80% compared with vehicle control.
  • OD 610 Evans blue dye
  • Compound 1 The anti-inflammatory activity of Compound 1 was evaluated in the mouse collagen antibody-induced arthritis (CAIA) model in which an anti-type II collagen antibody cocktail is applied to induce arthritis (Teroto et al, 1992, J. Immunol. 148(7):2103-2108; McCoy et al, 2002, J. Clin. Invest. 110(5):651-658; Kagari et al, 2002, J. Immunol. 169(3):1459- 1466).
  • CAIA mouse collagen antibody-induced arthritis
  • This passive model differs from the traditional rodent collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in that disease symptoms appear quickly (developing within 24-48 hrs after an IV-injection of antibodies), arthritis is inducible in both CIA-susceptible and CIA-resistant mouse strains, and it allows evaluation of inflammation that is independent of antibody production.
  • CIA rodent collagen-induced arthritis
  • CAIA was induced in Balb/c mice by intravenous injection of Arthrogen-CIA Monoclonal Antibody Blend (Chemicon International, Inc., Temecula, CA) via the tail vein, followed 2 days later by an intraperitoneal injection of LPS. Oral Compound 1 treatment was started within 4 hours of antibody administration (Day 0). The severity of the arthritis in hind-paws was scored daily (scale of 0-4 per paw, sum of scores for both hind paws). By Day 5, both control groups, saline and vehicle, reached their peak clinical score with a disease incidence of 100%.
  • Syngeneic LOU rats were immunized on Day 0 with native chicken CII/IFA. Oral treatment began at the onset of arthritis symptoms (Day 10). A total of 59 rats were treated with either a vehicle control or Compound 1 at one of four dose levels (1, 3, 10, and 30 mg/kg, q.d. by p.o. gavage). Hind limbs were scored daily for clinical arthritis severity using a standardized method based on the degree of joint inflammation. High resolution digital radiographs of hind limbs were obtained at the conclusion of the study (Day 28). These limbs were also analyzed for histopathologic changes. IgG antibodies to native CII were measured in quadruplicate by ELISA.
  • Prodrug Compound 4 was tested for oral bioavailability.
  • the prodrug was dissolved in various vehicles (e.g. PEG 400 solution and CMC suspension) for intravenous and oral dosing in the rats.
  • the active metabolite Compound 1 compound (drug) was formulated and administered in the same vehicles.
  • plasma samples were obtained and extracted.
  • the plasma concentrations of the prodrug and/or drug were determined by high performance liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) methods. Pharmacokinetic analyses were performed based on the plasma concentration data.
  • the pharmacokinetic parameters of interest include Clearance (CL), Volume of distribution at steady-state (Vss), terminal half-1ife (t 1/2 ), and oral bioavailability (%F). [0231] The results of these various pharmacokinetic experiments are illustrated in FIGS. A- 12.
  • PK profiles are shown for IV and PO administration in Spraque- Dawley rats.
  • Compound 4 was dissolved in PEG-400 and administered at a dose of 1 mg/kg. Rapid disappearance of prodrug Compound 4 was observed and drug Compound 1 was found in plasma samples obtained from the jugular vein. Given orally in the same vehicle, no prodrug Compound 4 was present systemically, but high levels of drug metabolite Compound 1 were observed.
  • FIG. 5 summarizes the PK parameters for the study described in FIG. 4.
  • Prodrug Compound 4 is rapidly cleared and, in part, converted to drug Compound 1.
  • bioavailability was determined to be 29.9%. This bioavailability number is based on data obtained from a previous study (data not shown) in which drug Compound 1 was administered as an IV bolus dose at 1 mg/kg.
  • FIG. 6 compares drug Compound 1 exposure in Sprague-Dawley rats following oral administration of either drug Compound 1 (2.5 mg/kg in PEG-400) or prodrug Compound 4 (4 mg/kg in PEG-400). The values for AUC/dose are nearly identical indicating that the prodrug Compound 4 is absorbed equally as well as drug Compound 1.
  • FIG. 7 shows a plot of cLogD vs pH calculated using in-situ predictions for both Compound 1 and Compound 4.
  • FIG. 8 demonstrates that prodrug Compound 4 is stable under acidic and neutral conditions at 37 0 C.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the conversion of prodrug Compound 4 to drug Compound 1 in microsome preparations. Prodrug Compound 4 failed to convert to drug Compound 1 in microsomal preparations obtained from Xenotech. In follow-up studies using intestinal and hepatic microsomes obtained from a different source, conversion of Compound 4 to Compound 1 was observed (data not shown).
  • FIG. 10 illustrates that prodrug Compound 4 is unstable in rat plasma — hydrolysis to drug Compound 1 is observed and the conversion to Compound 1 is thought to be catalyzed by phosphatase enzymes. The presence of Phosphatase activity in rat plasma was confirmed using p-nitrophenyl phosphate ⁇ a known substrate for phosphatase.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates the absorption of prodrug Compound 4 from different vehicles. Unlike drug Compound 1, absorption of prodrug Compound 4 is not dependent on formulation. Prodrug Compound 4 is absorbed equally well in solution formulations (PEG- 400 and carboxymethylcellulose (CMC)) and as a powder in hard gelatin capsules.
  • PEG- 400 and CMC carboxymethylcellulose

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides prodrugs of biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, compositions comprising the prodrugs, intermediates and methods for synthesizing the prodrugs and methods of using the prodrugs in a variety of applications.

Description

PRODRUGS OF 2,4-PYRIMIDINEDIAMINE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES
1. CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims benefit under 35 U.S. C. §119(e) to provisional application Serial No. 60/645,424, filed January 19, 2005 and provisional application Serial No. 60/654,620, filed February 18, 2005. The disclosures of both of these provisional applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
2. FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates to prodrugs of biologically active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the prodrugs, intermediates and synthetic methods of making the prodrugs and methods of using the prodrugs and compositions in a variety of contexts, such as in the treatment or prevention of various diseases.
3. BACKGROUND [0003] Crosslinking of Fc receptors, such as the high affinity receptor for IgE (FcεRI) and/or the high affinity receptor for IgG (FcγRI) activates a signaling cascade in mast, basophil and other immune cells that results in the release of chemical mediators responsible for numerous adverse events. For example, such crosslinking leads to the release of preformed mediators of Type I (immediate) anaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions, such as histamine, from storage sites in granules via degranulation. It also leads to the synthesis and release of other mediators, including leukotrienes, prostaglandins and platelet-activating factors (PAFs), that play important roles in inflammatory reactions. Additional mediators that are synthesized and released upon crosslinking Fc receptors include cytokines and nitric oxide.
[0004] The signaling cascade(s) activated by crosslinking Fc receptors such as FcεRI and/or FcγRI comprises an array of cellular proteins. Among the most important intracellular signal propagators are the tyrosine kinases. And, an important tyrosine kinase involved in the signal transduction pathways associated with crosslinking the FcεRI and/or FcγRI receptors, as well as other signal transduction cascades, is Syk kinase {see Valent et a!., 2002, Intl. J. Hematol. 75(4):257-362 for review).
[0005] The mediators released as a result of FcεRI and FcγRI receptor cross-1inking are responsible for, or play important roles in, the manifestation of numerous adverse events. Recently, various classes of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds have been discovered that inhibit the FcεRI and/or FcγRI signaling cascades, and that have myriad therapeutic uses. See, e.g., U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US 2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO 2004/014382),
U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ). While many of these compounds exhibit good bioavailability properties, in some instances it may be desirable to tailor their solubility or other properties such that their bioavailability via specified routes of administration is optimized.
4. SUMMARY
[0006] The present disclosure provides prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that have myriad biological activities, and hence therapeutic uses, compositions comprising the prodrugs, methods and intermediates useful for synthesizing the prodrugs and methods of using the prodrugs in a variety of in vitro and in vivo contexts, including in the treatment and/or prevention of diseases mediated, at least in part, by the activation of Fc receptor signaling cascades.
[0007] The prodrugs generally comprise a biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound that is substituted at the nitrogen atom of one or more primary or secondary amine groups with a progroup Rp that metabolizes or otherwise transforms under conditions of use to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine. In some embodiments, the progroup Rp is a phosphorous-containing progroup. In some embodiments, the progroup includes a group or moiety that is metabolized under the conditions of use to yield an unstable α-hydroxymethyl, α-aminomethyl or α-thiomethyl intermediate, which then further metabolized in vivo to yield the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine drug. In some embodiments, the progroup includes an α-hydroxyalkyl, α-aminoalkyl or α-thioalkyl moiety, for example an α-hydroxymethyl, α-aminomethyl, α-thiomethyl moiety, that metabolizes under the conditions of use to yield the active 2,4 pyrimidinediamine drug. For example, in some embodiments the progroup Rp is of the formula -CRdRd-AR3, where each Rd is, independently of the other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, optionally substituted (C1-C20) alkyl, (C1-C20) perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted (C7-C30) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-30 membered heteroarylalkyl, where each optional substituent is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroalkyl, or, alternatively, the two Rd are taken together with the carbon atom to which they are bonded to form a cycloalkyl containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms ; A is selected from O, S and NR50, where R50 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl, or alternatively is combined with R3, and, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, form a three to seven membered ring; and R3 represents a group that can be metabolized in vivo to yield a group of the formula -CRdRd-AH, where Rd and A are as previously defined.
[0008] The identity of R3 is not critical, provided that it can be metabolized under the desired conditions of use, for example under the acidic conditions found in the stomach and/or by enzymes found in vivo, to yield a group of the formula -CR R -AH, where A and R are as previously defined. Thus, skilled artisans will appreciate that R3 can comprise virtually any known or later-discovered hydroxyl, amine or thiol protecting group. Non-1imiting examples of suitable protecting groups can be found, for example, in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene & Wuts, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991 (especially pages 10-142 (alcohols, 277-308 (thiols) and 309-405 (amines) the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference).
[0009] In a specific embodiment, R3 includes, together with A, an ether, a thioether, a silyl ether, a silyl thioether, an ester, a thioester, an amide, a carbonate, a thiocarbonate, a carbamate, a thiocarbamate, or a urea linkage, -OCH2SO3R, where R is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or a metal salt (e.g., sodium, lithium, potassium); -GCH2 +N(R51)3M-, where G is absent, -OPO3-, OSO3- or -CO2-, R51 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl or cycloheteroalkylalkyl and M- is a counterion, usually a halide ion or the like (acetate, sulfate, phosphate, etc.). Specific exemplary embodiments include, but are not limited to, progroups Rp in which R3 is selected from Rf, -C(O)Rf,-C(O)ORf,-C(O)NRfRf and -SiRfRfRf, where each Rf is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower heteroalkyl, optionally substituted lower cycloalkyl, optionally substituted lower heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted (C6-C10) aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C7-C18) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl. In a specific embodiment, each Rf is the same.
[0010] The identity of the progroup(s) Rp can be selected to tailor the water-solubility and other properties of the underlying active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound to be optimized for a particular mode of administration. It can also be selected to provide for removal at specified organs and/or tissues within the body, such as, for example, in the digestive tract, in blood and/or serum, or via enzymes residing in specific organs, such as the liver.
[0011] In some embodiments, progroups Rp that are phosphorous-containing progroups include phosphate moieties that can be cleaved in vitro by enzymes such as esterases, lipases and/or phosphatases. Such enzymes are prevalent throughout the body, residing in, for example, the stomach and digestive tract, blood and/or serum, and in virtually all tissues and organs. Such phosphate-containing progroups Rp will generally increase the water-solubility of the underlying active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, making such phosphate- containing prodrugs ideally suited for modes of administration where water-solubility is desirable, such as, for example, oral, buccal, intravenous, intramuscular and ocular modes of administration.
[0012] In some embodiments, each phosphate-containing progroup Rp in the prodrug is of the formula -(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(OH)(OH), or a salt thereof, wherein Rd is as previously defined andy is an integer ranging from 1 to 3, typically 1 or 2. In one specific embodiment, each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted methyl and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl. In another specific embodiment, each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl. Specific exemplary phosphate- containing progroups Rp include -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)(OH) and -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OH)(OH) and/or the corresponding salts. [0013] While not intending to be bound by any theory of operation, when y is 1 in the exemplary phosphate-containing progroups Rp, it is believed that the phosphate-containing prodrugs are converted in vivo by enzymes such as phosphatases, lipases and/or esterases to the corresponding hydroxymethylamines, which are then further metabolized in vivo by the elimination of formaldehyde to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug compound. The phosphate and formaldehyde metabolic by-products are innocuous.
[0014] When y is 2 in the exemplary phosphate-containing prodrugs, it is believed that the prodrugs are metabolized to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug compound in vivo by elimination of enol phosphate, which further metabolizes to acetaldehyde and phosphate. The phosphate and acetaldehyde metabolic by-products are innocuous.
[0015] Skilled artisans will appreciate that certain types of precursors can be converted in vivo to phosphate groups. Such precursors include, by way of example and not limitation, phosphate esters, phosphites and phosphite esters. For example, phosphites can be oxidized in vivo to phosphates. Phosphate esters can be hydrolyzed in vivo to phosphates. Phosphite esters can be oxidized in vivo to phosphate esters, which can in turn be hydrolyzed in vivo to phosphates. As a consequence of the ability of these phosphate precursor groups to convert to phosphates in vivo, the prodrugs can also include progroups that comprise such phosphate precursors. In some embodiments, the phosphate precursor groups may be directly metabolized to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug, without first being converted into a phosphate prodrug. In other embodiments, prodrugs comprising progroups that include such phosphate precursors are first metabolized into the corresponding phosphate prodrug, which then metabolizes to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug via a hydroxymethylamine, as discussed above.
[0016] In some embodiments, such phosphate precursor groups are phosphate esters. The phosphate esters can be acyclic or cyclic, and can be phosphate triesters or phosphate diesters. Such esters are generally less water-soluble than the corresponding phosphate acid prodrugs and the corresponding active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, and are therefore typically suitable for modes of delivering prodrugs of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds where low water-solubility is desired, including, by way of example and not limitation, administration via inhalation. The solubility of the prodrug can be specifically tailored for specific modes of administration by appropriate selection of the number and identity(ies) of the esterifying groups in the phosphate ester.
[0017] The mechanism by which the phosphate ester group metabolizes to the corresponding phosphate group can be controlled by appropriate selection of the esterifying moieties. For example, it is wel1-known that certain esters are acid (or base) labile, generating the corresponding phosphate under the acidic conditions found in the stomach and digestive tract. In instances where it is desirable for the phosphate ester prodrug to metabolize to the corresponding phosphate prodrug in the digestive tract (such as, for example, where the prodrugs are administered orally), phosphate ester progroups that are acid-1abile can be selected. Other types of phosphate esters are acid and base stable, being converted into the corresponding phosphates via enzymes found in certain tissues and organs of the body {see, e.g., the various cyclic phosphate esters described in Erion et al, 2004, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 126:5154-5163, incorporated herein by reference), In instances where it is desirable to convert a phosphate ester prodrug into the corresponding phosphate prodrug within a desired target tissue or site within the body, phosphate esters having the desired metabolic properties can be selected.
[0018] In some embodiments, each phosphate ester-containing progroup Rp in the prodrug is an acyclic phosphate ester of the formula -(CRdRd)y -P(O)(OH)(ORe) or -(CRdRd)yO-P(O)(ORe)(ORe), or a salt thereof, wherein each Re is, independently of the others, selected from substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, 4-1oweralkoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl), substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl, 1-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl), -(CRdRd 0Rf, -(CRdRd)yO- C(O)Rf, -(CRdRd)yO-C(O)ORf, -(CRdRd)yS-C(O)Rf, -(CRdRd)y-S-C(O)ORf, -(CRdRd)yNH-C(0)Rf, -(CRdRd)yNH-C(O)0Rf and-Si(Rd)3, wherein R , R and y are as defined above. In a specific embodiment, each Rd is selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl and/or each Re is an unsubstituted lower alkanyl or benzyl. Specific exemplary phosphate ester progroups include, but are not limited to, -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)(ORe), -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OH)(ORe), -CH2-O-P(O)(ORe)(ORe) and -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(ORe)(ORe), where Re is selected from lower alkanyl, i-propyl and i-butyl. [0019] In other embodiments, each phosphate ester-containing progroup Rp is a cyclic
phosphate ester of the formula
Figure imgf000008_0001
where each Rg is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl; each Rh is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloheteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl, substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl; z is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; and Rd and y are as previously defined. In a specific embodiment, each phosphate ester-containing progroup Rp is a cyclic phosphate ester of the
formul , where Rd, Rh and y are as previously defined.
Figure imgf000008_0003
[0020] The mechanism by which cyclic phosphate ester prodrugs including such cyclic phosphate ester progroups metabolize in vivo to the active drug compound depends, in part, on the identity of the R substitutent. For example, cyclic phosphate ester progroups in which each Rh is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl are cleaved in vivo by esterases. Thus, in some embodiments, the cyclic phosphate ester progroups are selected such that they are cleavable in vivo by esterases. Specific examples of such cyclic phosphate ester progroups include, but are not limited to, progroups selected from
Figure imgf000008_0002
Figure imgf000009_0001
[0021] Alternatively, cyclic phosphate ester prodrugs having progroups in which the Rh substituents are substituted or unsubstituted aryl, arylalkyl and heteroaryl groups, are not typically cleaved by esterases, but are instead metabolized to the active prodrug by enzymes, such as cytochrome P450 enzymes, that reside in the liver. For example, a series of cyclic phosphate ester nucleotide prodrugs that undergo an oxidative cleavage reaction catalyzed by a cytochrome P450 enzyme (CYP) expressed predominantly in the liver are described in Erion et al, 2004, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 126:5154-5163. In some embodiments, the cyclic phosphate ester progroups are selected such that they are cleavable by CYP enzymes expressed in the liver. Specific exemplary embodiments of such cyclic phosphate ester-containing progroups
Rp include, but are not limited to, progroups having the formul
Figure imgf000009_0002
where Rh is selected from phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-pyridyl and 4-methoxyphenyl.
[0022] As skilled artisans will appreciate, phosphites and phosphite esters can undergo oxidation in vivo to yield the corresponding phosphate and phosphate ester analogs. Such reactions can be carried out in vivo by, for example, oxidase enzymes, oxoreductase enzymes and other oxidative enzymes. Thus, the phosphorous-containing progroups Rp can also include phosphite and phosphite ester analogs of any of the phosphate and phosphate ester progroups described above. In some embodiments the phosphorous-containing progroups Rp include, but are not limited to, groups of the formula -(CRdRd)yO-P(OH)(OH),
-(CRdRd)y-O-P(OH)(ORe) and -(CRdRd)y,-O-P(ORe)(Re), or salts thereof, where Rd, Re and y are as previously defined. Specific exemplary embodiments include groups in which each R is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl and/or each Re is, independently of the others, selected from unsubstituted lower alkanyl and benzyl. Specific exemplary acyclic phosphite and phosphite-ester progroups include, but are not limited to, -CH2-O-P(OH)(OH), -CH2CH2-O-P(OH)(OH), -CH2-O-P(OH)(ORe), and -CH2CH2-O-P(ORe)(ORe), where each Re is selected from lower alkanyl, i-propyl and i-butyl. Specific exemplary cyclic phosphite ester prodrugs include phosphite analogs of the above- described cyclic phosphate ester progroups. Conceptually, prodrug compounds including such phosphite and/or phosphite ester progroups can be thought of as prodrugs of the corresponding phosphate and phosphate ester prodrugs.
[0023] As mentioned above, it is believed that certain phosphate-containing prodrugs metabolize in vivo through the corresponding hydroxymethylamines. Although these hydroxymethylamines metabolize in vivo to the corresponding active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, they are stable at pH 7 and can be prepared and administered as hydroxyalky1- containing prodrugs. In some embodiments, each hydroxyalky1-containing progroup Rp of such prodrugs is of the formula -CRdRd-OH, where Rd is as previously defined. A specific exemplary hydroxyalky1-containing progroup Rp is -CH2OH.
[0024] Virtually any known 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound that has biological, and hence therapeutic, activity can be protected at an available primary or secondary amine with one or more progroups Rp as described herein. Suitable active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds are described, for example, in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003
( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382),
U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. In such 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, the progroup(s) Rp can be attached to any available primary or secondary amine, including, for example, the N2 nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety, the N4 nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety, and/or a primary or secondary nitrogen atom included in a substituent on the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound. The use of phosphate- containing progroups Rp is especially useful for 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that exhibit poor water solubility under physiological conditions (for example, solubilities of less than about 10 μg/ml). While not intending to be bound by any theory of operation, it is believed that the phosphate-containing progroups aid the solubility of the underlying active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, which in turn increases its bioavailability when administered orally. It is believed that the phosphate progroups Rp are metabolized by phosphatase enzymes found in the digestive tract, permitting uptake of the underlying active drug.
[0025] It has been discovered that the water solubility and oral bioavailability of a particular biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, illustrated below (Compound 1), increased dramatically when formulated to include a progroup Rp of the formula -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2 at the ring nitrogen atom highlighted with the asterisk (Compound 4):
Figure imgf000011_0001
[0026] Significantly, whereas the water solubility of the active drug (Compound 1) is in the range of about 1-2 μg/ml in aqueous buffer under physiological conditions, the solubility of the corresponding phosphate prodrug (Compound 4) is greater than 5 mg/ml under the same conditions, or approximately 2000 times greater. This increased water-solubility allows for better dissolution in the gut, thereby facilitating oral administration. Other active 2,4-' pyrimidinediamine compounds having similarly poor water solubilities are expected to exhibit similar increases in water solubility and oral bioavailability when formulated as phosphate prodrugs.
[0027] As mentioned above, phosphate ester prodrugs are generally less water-soluble than the corresponding phosphate prodrugs, and are therefore generally useful in applications where low water-solubility is desired, such as, for example, administration via inhalation. The same holds true for the relative water-solubility of phosphite ester and phosphite prodrugs.
[0028] In some embodiments, the prodrugs described herein are 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that are substituted at the N4 nitrogen of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety with a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing bicyclic ring that includes at least one progroup RP as described herein at one or more of: the nitrogen atom(s) of the bicyclic ring, the N2 nitrogen of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety and/or the N4 nitrogen of the 2,4- pyrimidinediamine moiety. In a specific illustrative exemplary embodiment, the prodrug is a compound according to structural formula (I):
Figure imgf000012_0001
including salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof, wherein: Y is selected from CH2, NR24, O, S, S(O) and S(O)2; Z1 and Z2 are each, independently of one another, selected from CH and N; R2 is an optionally substituted lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, lower heteroalkyl, lower cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, phenyl, or heteroaryl group;
R5 is an electronegative group, such as, for example, a halo, fiuoro, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl or trifluoromethyl group;
R17 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, fluoro, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R17 may be taken together with R18 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R is selected from hydrogen, halogen, fluoro, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R18 may be taken together with R17 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R19 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, and methyl or, alternatively, R19 may be taken together with R20 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R20 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R20 may be taken together with R19 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms; R21, R22 and R23 are each, independently of one another, selected from hydrogen and a progroup Rp as described herein; and R24 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and a progroup Rp as described herein, with the proviso that at least one of R21, R22, R23 and R24 must be a progroup Rp. In some embodiments, each of R21, R22 and R23 is one of the specific progroups exemplified above and R24 is hydrogen. In some embodiments R21 is one of the specific progroups exemplified above and R22, R23 and R24 are each hydrogen. In some embodiments, R21, R22 and R23 are each one of the specific progroups exemplified above and R24 is lower alkyl.
[0029] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compositions comprising one or more of the prodrugs described herein and an appropriate carrier, excipient or diluent. The exact nature of the carrier, excipient or diluent will depend upon the desired use for the composition, and may range from being suitable or acceptable for veterinary uses to being suitable or acceptable for human use. The composition may optionally include one or more additional compounds.
[0030] In still another aspect, the present disclosure provides intermediates useful for synthesizing the prodrugs described herein. In the case of phosphate- or phosphite- containing prodrugs, the intermediates generally comprise prodrugs in which the oxygen atoms of the phosphate- and/or phosphite-containing progroups are masked with protecting groups that are selectively removable under specified conditions. In some embodiments, the protecting groups are selectively removable under mildly acidic conditions. In some embodiments, the intermediates are phosphate or phosphite esters which are themselves prodrugs that can be metabolized into active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, hi one illustrative embodiment, the intermediates include prodrugs in which each Rp progroup is, independently of the others, of the formula -(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(ORi)(ORi), -(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(ORi)(OH), -(CRdRd)y-O-P(OR)(OR1) or -(CRdRd)y-O-P(ORi)(OH), where each R1 is, independently of the others, selected from lower unsubstituted alkanyl, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl and substituted or unsubstituted benzyl, and Rd and y are as previously defined. In a specific embodiment, the intermediates include phosphate and/or phosphite esters in which each Ri is, independently of the others, selected from lower linear alkanyl, lower branched alkanyl, i-propyl, t-butyl and lower cyclic alkanyl. [0031] In some embodiments, the intermediates comprise an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine that is substituted at a nitrogen atom of a primary or secondary amine group with a group of the formula -CRdRd-AH, where Rd and A are as previously defined.
[0032] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of synthesizing the intermediates and/or prodrugs described herein. Phosphate-containing prodrugs can be synthesized by reacting an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound with a phosphate ester halide, for example, a phosphate ester halide of the formula X-(CRdRd)y-0-P(0)(0Rj)(0Rj) or X-(CRdRd)yO-P(O)(ORj)(OH), where each Rj is, independently of the others, a selectively removable protecting group; X is a halide, such as, for example, chloride; and Rd and y are as previously defined. In some embodiments, each Rj is Re, where as previously defined.
Removal of the selectively removable protecting groups Rj yields a phosphate prodrug. In some embodiments each Rj is the same and is selected from lower linear alkyl, lower branched alkyl and lower cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, each Rj is isopropyl or t-butyl. In embodiments in which mixtures of intermediates are obtained, for example, mixtures of intermediates which contain different numbers of progroups or progroups at different positions on the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine molecule, the desired intermediate can be isolated from the mixture using standard separation and/or isolation techniques (e.g., column chromatography). Alternatively, a desired prodrug can be isolated from a mixture of different prodrugs using standard separation and/or isolation techniques.
[0033] Acyclic phosphate ester prodrugs can be obtained in an analogous manner by reacting the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine with a phosphate ester halide, for example a phosphate ester halide of the formula X-(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(OH)(ORe) or X-(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(ORe)(ORe), where X, Rd, y and Re are as previously defined. In this instance, removal of the esterifying groups Re is not necessary.
[0034] Acyclic phosphite and phosphite ester prodrugs can be prepared in an analogous manner from the corresponding phosphite ester halides, for example phosphite ester halides of the formula X-(CRdRd)yO-P(ORj)(ORj), X-(CRdRd)yO-P(ORe)(OH), X-(CRdRd)y O-P(ORe)(ORe), where X, Rd, y, Re and Rj are as previously defined. [0035] Cyclic phosphate ester and phosphite ester prodrugs can be prepared by reacting the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound with the corresponding cyclic phosphate ester or phosphite ester halide, for example, a cyclic phosphate ester halide of the formula
or a cyclic phosphite ester halide of the formula
Figure imgf000015_0001
, where X ,R , y, z, Rg and R are as previously defined.
[0036] Embodiments in which Rp is -CRdRd-AR3 can be prepared from the corresponding 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug using conventional methods. For example, when A is O, the intermediates can be synthesized by reacting an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, with an aldehyde or ketone of the formula Rd-C(O)-Rd, where Rd is as previously defined, to yield a corresponding hydroxymethylamine intermediate (where Rp is
-CRdRd-OH). The hydroxymethylamine intermediate can then be converted into the prodrug using standard techniques, In accordance with the definition of Rp, the hydroxymethylamine intermediate is also a prodrug of the invention. For example, other drug substances containing secondary amines have been added to formaldehyde to afford their corresponding isolable hydroxymethylamine adducts, Bansal et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci. 1981, 70: (8), 850-854; Bansal et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci. 1981, 70: (8), 855-856; Khan et al, J Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis 1989, 7 (6), 685-691. Alternatively, hydroxyalky1- containing prodrugs can be prepared in two steps by first reacting the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine with a bis-functional electrophile, such as a halide of the formula X1 -CRdRd--X2, where X1 represents a first halide, X2 represents a second halide and Rd is as previously defined. In a specific exemplary embodiment, the halide is of the formula I-CRdRd-Cl. The unreacted halide is then hydroxylated to yield the hydroxyalky1-containing prodrug using standard techniques.
[0037] Prodrugs in which A is O, S or NR50 can be synthesized from corresponding N- methyl phosphate esters. According to this embodiment, the phosphate ester groups can be displaced with a group of the formula R3- AH, where R3 and A are as previously defined, to yield the prodrug, as discussed in further detail below.
[0038] Many of the prodrugs described herein, and in particular the prodrugs according to structural formula (I), metabolize to yield 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that are potent inhibitors of degramilation of immune cells, such as mast, basophil, neutrophil and/or eosinophil cells. Additional 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that exert similar biological activities that can be formulated as prodrugs as described herein and used in the various methods described herein are described in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No.
10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No.
PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30,
2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716
( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Thus, in still another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of regulating, and in particular inhibiting, degranulation of such cells. The method generally involves contacting a cell that degranulates with an amount of a suitable prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit degranulation of the cell. The method may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions in which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with cellular degranulation.
[0039] While not intending to be bound by any theory of operation, biochemical data confirm that many of these active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds exert their degranulation inhibitory effect, at least in part, by blocking or inhibiting the signal transduction cascade(s) initiated by crosslinking of the high affinity Fc receptors for IgE ("FcεRI") and/or IgG ("FcγRI") (see, e.g., U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003
( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Indeed, these active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds are potent inhibitors of both FcεRI-mediated and FcγRI-mediated degranulation. As a consequence, the prodrugs described herein may be used to inhibit these Fc receptor signaling cascades in any cell type expressing such FcεRI and/or FcγRI receptors including but not limited to macrophages, mast, basophil, neutrophil and/or eosinophil cells.
[0040] The methods also permit the regulation of, and in particular the inhibition of, downstream processes that result as a consequence of activating such Fc receptor signaling cascade(s). Such downstream processes include, but are not limited to, FcεRI-mediated and/or FcγRI-mediated degranulation, cytokine production and/or the production and/or release of lipid mediators such as leukotrienes and prostaglandins. The method generally involves contacting a cell expressing an Fc receptor, such as one of the cell types discussed above, with an amount of a prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvent, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit the Fc receptor signaling cascade and/or a downstream process effected by the activation of this signaling cascade. The method may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions under which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with the Fc receptor signaling cascade, such as diseases effected by the release of granule specific chemical mediators upon degranulation, the release and/or synthesis of cytokines and/or the release and/or synthesis of lipid mediators such as leukotrienes and prostaglandins.
[0041] In yet another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of treating and/or preventing diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with the release of chemical mediators as a consequence of activating Fc receptor signaling cascades, such as FcεRI and/or FcγRI- signaling cascades. The methods may be practiced in animals in veterinary contexts or in humans. The methods generally involve administering to an animal subject or a human an amount of a prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N- oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to treat or prevent the disease. As discussed previously, activation of the FcεRI or FcγRI receptor signaling cascade in certain immune cells leads to the release and/or synthesis of a variety of chemical substances that are pharmacological mediators of a wide variety of diseases. Any of these diseases may be treated or prevented according to the methods of the invention.
[0042] For example, in mast cells and basophil cells, activation of the FcεRI or FcγRI signaling cascade leads to the immediate (i.e., within 1-3 min. of receptor activation) release of preformed mediators of atopic and/or Type I hypersensitivity reactions (e.g., histamine, proteases such as tryptase, etc.) via the degranulation process. Such atopic or Type I hypersensitivity reactions include, but are not limited to, anaphylactic reactions to environmental and other allergens (e.g., pollens, insect and/or animal venoms, foods, drugs, contrast dyes, etc.), anaphylactoid reactions, hay fever, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic asthma, atopic dermatitis, eczema, urticaria, mucosal disorders, tissue disorders and certain gastrointestinal disorders.
[0043] The immediate release of the preformed mediators via degranulation is followed by the release and/or synthesis of a variety of other chemical mediators, including, among other things, platelet activating factor (PAF), prostaglandins and leukotrienes (e.g., LTC4) and the de novo synthesis and release of cytokines such as TNF α, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-13, etc. The first of these two processes occurs approximately 3-30 min. following receptor activation; the latter approximately 30 min. - 7 hrs. following receptor activation. These "late stage" mediators are thought to be in part responsible for the chronic symptoms of the above-1isted atopic and Type I hypersensitivity reactions, and in addition are chemical mediators of inflammation and inflammatory diseases (e.g., osteoarthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, idiopathic inflammatory bowel disease, irritable bowel syndrome, spastic colon, etc.), low grade scarring (e.g., scleroderma, increased fibrosis, keloids, post-surgical scars, pulmonary fibrosis, vascular spasms, migraine, reperfusion injury and post myocardial infarction), and sicca complex or syndrome. AU of these diseases may be treated or prevented according to the methods described herein.
[0044] Additional diseases that can be treated or prevented according to the methods described herein include diseases associated with basophil cell and/or mast cell pathology. Examples of such diseases include, but are not limited to, diseases of the skin such as scleroderma, cardiac diseases such as post myocardial infarction, pulmonary diseases such as pulmonary muscle changes or remodeling and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), diseases of the gut such as inflammatory bowel syndrome (spastic colon), acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and immune thrombocytopenic purpura.
[0045] Many of the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds are also potent inhibitors of the tyrosine kinase Syk kinase. Examples of such 2,4-pyrimidinediamine are described, for example, in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003
(US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003
( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382),
U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Thus, in still another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of regulating, and in particular inhibiting, Syk kinase activity. The method generally involves contacting a Syk kinase or a cell comprising a Syk kinase with an amount of a suitable prodrug, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit Syk kinase activity. In one embodiment, the Syk kinase is an isolated or recombinant Syk kinase. In another embodiment, the Syk kinase is an endogenous or recombinant Syk kinase expressed by a cell, for example a mast cell or a basophil cell. The method may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions under which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with Syk kinase activity.
[0046] While not intending to be bound by any particular theory of operation, it is believed that such active 2,4-pyrimdinediamine compounds inhibit cellular degranulation and/or the release of other chemical mediators primarily by inhibiting Syk kinase that gets activated through the gamma chain homodimer of FcεRI. This gamma chain homodimer is shared by other Fc receptors, including FcγRI, FcγRIII and FcαRI. For all of these receptors, intracellular signal transduction is mediated by the common gamma chain homodimer. Binding and aggregation of those receptors results in the recruitment and activation of tyrosine kinases such as Syk kinase. As a consequence of these common signaling activities, the prodrugs described herein that metabolize to such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds may be used to regulate, and in particular inhibit, the signaling cascades of Fc receptors having this gamma chain homodimer, such as FcεRI, FcγRI, FcγRIII and FcαRI, as well as the cellular responses elicited through these receptors.
[0047] Syk kinase is known to play a critical role in other signaling cascades. For example, Syk kinase is an effector of B-cell receptor (BCR) signaling (Turner et al, 2000,
Immunology Today 21:148-154) and is an essential component of integrin beta(l), beta(2) and beta(3) signaling in neutrophils (Mocsai et al, 2002, Immunity 16:547-558). Active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds that are potent inhibitors of Syk kinase can be used to regulate, and in particular inhibit, any signaling cascade where Syk plays a role, such as, fore example, the Fc receptor, BCR and integrin signaling cascades, as well as the cellular responses elicited through these signaling cascades. Thus, the prodrugs described herein that metabolize to such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds can be used to regulate such activities. The particular cellular response regulated or inhibited will depend, in part, on the specific cell type and receptor signaling cascade, as is well known in the art. Non-1imiting examples of cellular responses that may be regulated or inhibited with such prodrugs include a respiratory burst, cellular adhesion, cellular degranulation, cell spreading, cell migration, phagocytosis (e.g., in macrophages), calcium ion flux (e.g., in mast, basophil, neutrophil, eosinophil and B-cells), platelet aggregation, and cell maturation (e.g., in B-cells).
[0048] Thus, in another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of regulating, and in particular inhibiting, signal transduction cascades in which Syk plays a role. The method generally involves contacting a Syk-dependent receptor or a cell expressing a Syk-dependent receptor with an amount of a suitable prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, N-oxide and/or composition thereof, effective to regulate or inhibit the signal transduction cascade. The methods may also be used to regulate, and in particular inhibit, downstream processes or cellular responses elicited by activation of the particular Syk- dependent signal transduction cascade. The methods may be practiced to regulate any signal transduction cascade where Syk is now known or later discovered to play a role. The methods may be practiced in in vitro contexts provided that the contacting is performed under conditions under which the progroup(s) metabolize to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound, or in in vivo contexts as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by or associated with activation of the Syk- dependent signal transduction cascade. Non-1imited examples of such diseases include those previously discussed.
[0049] Recent studies have shown that activation of platelets by collagen is mediated through the same pathway used by immune receptors, with an immunoreceptor tyronsine kinase motif on the FcRγ playing a pivotal role (Watson & Gibbons, 1998, Immunol. Today 19:260-264), and also that FcRγ plays a pivotal role in the generation of neointimal hyperplasia following balloon injury in mice, most likely through collagen-induced activation of platelets and leukocyte recruitment (Konishi et al, 2002, Circulation 105:912-916). Thus, the prodrugs described herein can also be used to inhibit collagen-induced platelet activation and to treat or prevent diseases associated with or caused by such platelet activation, such as, for example, intimal hyperplasia and restenosis following vascular injury.
[0050] Cellular and animal data also confirm that many of these active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds may also be used to treat or prevent autoimmune diseases and/or symptoms of such diseases {see, e.g., U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087
(WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716
( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. As a consequence, prodrugs of such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds can likewise be used to treat or prevent such autoimmune diseases and/or symptoms. The methods generally involve administering to a subject suffering from an autoimmune disease or at risk of developing an autoimmune disease an amount of a suitable prodrug described herein, or an acceptable salt, N-oxide, hydrate, solvate or composition thereof, effective to treat or prevent the autoimmune disease and/or its associated symptoms. Autoimmune diseases that can be treated or prevented with the prodrugs include those diseases that are commonly associated with nonanaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions (Type II, Type III and/or Type IV hypersensitivity reactions) and/or those diseases that are mediated, at least in part, by activation of the FcγR signaling cascade in monocyte cells. Such autoimmune disease include, but are not limited to, those autoimmune diseases that are frequently designated as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders and those autoimmune disease that are frequently designated as involving systemic autoimmune disorder. Non-1imiting examples of diseases frequently designated as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders include: Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune atrophic gastritis of pernicious anemia, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune orchitis, Goodpasture's disease, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, sympathetic ophthalmia, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, chronic aggressive hepatitis, ulcerative colitis and membranous glomerulopathy. Non-1imiting examples of diseases often designated as involving systemic autoimmune disorder include: systemic lupus erythematosis, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjogren's syndrome, Reiter's syndrome, polymyositis-dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, polyarteritis nodosa, multiple sclerosis and bullous pemphigoid. Additional autoimmune diseases, which can be β-cell (humoral) based or T-cell based, include autoimmune alopecia, Type I or juvenile onset diabetes, and thyroiditis.
5. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0051] FIG. 1 provides schemes illustrating metabolic pathways of exemplary phosphorous- containing prodrugs;
[0052] FIG. 2 provides a scheme illustrating a metabolic pathway of an exemplary cyclic phosphate ester prodrug;
[0053] FIG. 3 illustrates an exemplary synthesis of exemplary cyclic phosphate prodrug; and
[0054] FIGS. 4-11 provide graphs illustrating various pharmacokinetic data for drug Compound 1 and/or prodrug Compound 4.
6. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
6.1 Definitions
[0055] As used herein, the following terms are intended to have the following meanings:
[0056] "Alkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic monovalent hydrocarbon radical having the stated number of carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 means one to six carbon atoms) that is derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. Typical alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl; ethyls such as ethanyl, ethenyl, ethynyl; propyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl, cyclopropan-1-yl, prop-1-en-1-yl, prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl, prop-1-yn-1-yl , prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl, 2-methy1-propan-1-yl, 2-methy1-propan-2-yl, cyclobutan-1-yl, but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methy1-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl , but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1 ,3-dien-1-yl, but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature "alkanyl," "alkenyl" and/or "alkynyl" is used, as defined below. As used herein, "lower alkyl" means (C1-C8) alkyl.
[0057] "Alkanyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane. Typical alkanyl groups include, but are not limited to, methanyl; ethanyl; propanyls such as propan-1-yl, propan-2-yl (isopropyl), cyclopropan-1-yl, etc.; butanyls such as butan-1-yl, butan-2-yl (sec-butyl), 2-methy1-propan-1-yl (isobutyl), 2-methy1-propan-2-yl (t-butyl), cyclobutan-1-yl, etc.; and the like. As used herein, "lower alkanyl" means (C1-C8) alkanyl.
[0058] "Alkenyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl having at least one carbon-carbon double bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkene. The group may be in either the cis or trans conformation about the double bond(s). Typical alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl; propenyls such as prop-1-en-1-yl , prop-1-en-2-yl, prop-2-en-1-yl, prop-2-en-2-yl, cycloprop-1-en-1-yl; cycloprop-2-en-1-yl ; butenyls such as but-1-en-1-yl, but-1-en-2-yl, 2-methy1-prop-1-en-1-yl, but-2-en-1-yl, but-2-en-2-yl, buta-1,3-dien-1-yl, buta-1,3-dien-2-yl, cyclobut-1-en-1-yl, cyclobut-1-en-3-yl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1-yl, etc.; and the like. As used herein, "lower alkenyl" means (C2-C8) alkenyl.
[0059] "Alkynyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an unsaturated branched, straight-chain or cyclic alkyl having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent alkyne. Typical alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl; propynyls such as prop-1-yn-1-yl , prop-2-yn-1-yl, etc.; butynyls such as but-1-yn-1-yl, but-1-yn-3-yl, but-3-yn-1-yl , etc.; and the like. As used herein, "lower alkynyl" means (C2-C8) alkynyl.
[0060] "Alkyldiyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a saturated or unsaturated, branched, straight-chain or cyclic divalent hydrocarbon group having the stated number of carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 means from one to six carbon atoms) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne, or by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from a single carbon atom of a parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. The two monovalent radical centers or each valency of the divalent radical center can form bonds with the same or different atoms. Typical alkyldiyl groups include, but are not limited to, methandiyl; ethyldiyls such as ethan-1,1-diyl, ethan-1 ,2-diyl, ethen-1,1-diyl, ethen-1,2-diyl; propyl diyls such as propan-1,1-diyl, propan-1,2-diyl, propan-2,2-diyl, propan-1,3-diyl, cyclopropan-1,1-diyl, cyclopropan-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,1-diyl, prop-1-en-1,2-diyl, prop-2-en-1,2-diyl, prop-1-en-1,3-diyl, cycloprop-1-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,2-diyl, cycloprop-2-en-1,1-diyl, prop-1-yn-1,3-diyl, etc.; butyldiyls such as, butan-1,1-diyl, butan-1,2-diyl, butan-1,3-diyl, butan-1,4-diyl, butan-2,2-diyl, 2-methy1-propan-1,1-diyl, 2-methy1-propan-1,2-diyl, cyclobutan-1,1-diyl; cyclobutan-1,2-diyl, cyclobutan-1,3-diyl, but-1-en-1,1-diyl, but-1-en-1,2-diyl, but- 1 -en- 1,3 -diyl, but-1-en-1,4-diyl, 2-methy1-prop-1-en-1,1-diyl, 2-methanylidene-propan-1,1-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,1-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,2-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,3-diyl, buta-1,3-dien-1,4-diyl, cyclobut-1-en-1,2-diyl, cyclobut- 1 -en- 1 ,3 -diyl, cyclobut-2-en- 1 ,2-diyl, cyclobuta- 1 ,3-dien-1 ,2-diyl, cyclobuta-1,3-dien-1,3-diyl, but- 1-yn- 1,3 -diyl, but-1-yn-1,4-diyl, buta-1,3-diyn-1,4-diyl, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkanyldiyl, alkenyldiyl and/or alkynyldiyl is used. Where it is specifically intended that the two valencies are on the same carbon atom, the nomenclature "alkylidene" is used. In some embodiments, the alkyldiyl group is (C1-C8) alkyldiyl. Specific embodiments include saturated acyclic alkanyldiyl groups in which the radical centers are at the terminal carbons, e.g., methandiyl (methano); ethan-1,2-diyl (ethano); propan-1,3-diyl (propano); butan-1,4-diyl (butano); and the like (also referred to as alkylenos, defined infra). [0061] "Alkyleno" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a straight-chain saturated or unsaturated alkyldiyl group having two terminal monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from each of the two terminal carbon atoms of straight-chain parent alkane, alkene or alkyne. The locant of a double bond or triple bond, if present, in a particular alkyleno is indicated in square brackets. Typical alkyleno groups include, but are not limited to, methano; ethylenos such as ethano, etheno, ethyno; propylenos such as propano, prop[l]eno, propa[l,2]dieno, prop[l]yno, etc.; butylenos such as butano, but[l]eno, but[2]eno, buta[l,3]dieno, but[l]yno, but[2]yno, buta[l,3]diyno, etc.; and the like. Where specific levels of saturation are intended, the nomenclature alkano, alkeno and/or alkyno is used. In some embodiments, the alkyleno group is (C1-C8) or (C1-C3) alkyleno. Specific embodiments include straight-chain saturated alkano groups, e.g., methano, ethano, propano, butano, and the like.
[0062] "Heteroalkyl," HeteroalkanvL" Heteroalkenvl." Heteroalkynyl," Heteroalkyldiyl" and "Heteroalkyleno" by themselves or as part of another substituent refer to alkyl, alkanyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkyldiyl and alkyleno groups, respectively, in which one or more of the carbon atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different heteratoms or heteroatomic groups. Typical heteroatoms and/or heteroatomic groups which can replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, -O, -S-, -S-O-, -NR'-, -PH-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -S(O) NR'-, -S(O)2NR'-, and the like, including combinations thereof, where each R' is independently hydrogen or (C1-C8) alkyl.
[0063] "Cycloalkyl" and "Heterocycloalkyl" by themselves or as part of another substituent refer to cyclic versions of "alkyl" and "heteroalkyl" groups, respectively. For heteroalkyl groups, a heteroatom can occupy the position that is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Typical cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl; cyclobutyls such as cyclobutanyl and cyclobutenyl; cyclopentyls such as cyclopentanyl and cyclopentenyl; cyclohexyls such as cyclohexanyl and cyclohexenyl; and the like. Typical heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, tetrahydrofuranyl (e.g., tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, etc.), piperidinyl (e.g., piperidin-1-yl, piperidin-2- yl, etc.), morpholinyl (e.g., morpholin-3-yl, morpholin-4-yl, etc.), piperazinyl (e.g., piperazin- 1-yl, piperazin-2-yl, etc.), and the like. [0064] "Acyclic Heteroatomic Bridge" refers to a divalent bridge in which the backbone atoms are exclusively heteroatoms and/or heteroatomic groups. Typical acyclic heteroatomic bridges include, but are not limited to, -O-, -S-, -S -O-, -NR'-, -PH-, -S(O)-, -S(O)2-, -S(O) NR'-, -S(O)2NR'-, and the like, including combinations thereof, where each R' is independently hydrogen or (C 1 -C8) alkyl.
[0065] "Parent Aromatic Ring System" refers to an unsaturated cyclic or polycyclic ring system having a conjugated π electron system. Specifically included within the definition of "parent aromatic ring system" are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, fluorene, indane, indene, phenalene, tetrahydronaphthalene, etc. Typical parent aromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, tetrahydronaphthalene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like.
[0066] "Aryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having the stated number of carbon atoms (i.e., C6-C15 means from 6 to 15 carbon atoms) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene, acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene, chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene, hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene, octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, pentacene, pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene, pieiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, trinaphthalene, and the like, as well as the various hydro isomers thereof. In preferred embodiments, the aryl group is (C6-C15) aryl, with (C6-C10) being more typical. Specific exemplary aryls include phenyl and naphthyl.
[0067] "Arylaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent hydrocarbon group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a ring system in which two or more identical or non-identical parent aromatic ring systems are joined directly together by a single bond, where the number of such direct ring junctions is one less than the number of parent aromatic ring systems involved. Typical arylaryl groups include, but are not limited to, biphenyl, triphenyl, pheny1-naphthyl, binaphthyl, bipheny1-naphthyl, and the like. Where the number of carbon atoms in an arylaryl group are specified, the numbers refer to the carbon atoms comprising each parent aromatic ring. For example, (C6-C15) arylaryl is an arylaryl group in which each aromatic ring comprises from 6 to 15 carbons, e.g., biphenyl, triphenyl, binaphthyl, phenylnaphthyl, etc. In some embodiments, each parent aromatic ring system of an arylaryl group is independently a (C6-C15) aromatic, more preferably a (C6-C10) aromatic. Specific exemplary arylaryl groups include those in which all of the parent aromatic ring systems are identical, e.g., biphenyl, triphenyl, binaphthyl, trinaphthyl, etc.
[0068] "Biaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an arylaryl group having two identical parent aromatic systems joined directly together by a single bond. Typical biaryl groups include, but are not limited to, biphenyl, binaphthyl, bianthracyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the aromatic ring systems are (C6-C15) aromatic rings, more typically (C6-C10) aromatic rings. A particular exemplary biaryl group is biphenyl.
[0069] "Arylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl group. Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan- 1 -yl, 2-phenylethen- 1 -yl, naphthylmethyl,
2-naphthylethan-1-yl, 2-naphthylethen-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature arylalkanyl, arylakenyl and/or arylalkynyl is used. In some embodiments, the arylalkyl group is (C7-C21) arylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C1-C6) and the aryl moiety is (C6-C15). In some specific embodiments the arylalkyl group is (C7-C13), e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the arylalkyl group is (C1-C3) and the aryl moiety is (C6-C 10).
[0070] "Parent Heteroaromatic Ring System" refers to a parent aromatic ring system in which one or more carbon atoms are each independently replaced with the same or different heteroatoms or heteroatomic groups. Typical heteroatoms or heteroatomic groups to replace the carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, N, NH, P, O, S, S(O), S(O)2, Si, etc. Specifically included within the definition of "parent heteroaromatic ring systems" are fused ring systems in which one or more of the rings are aromatic and one or more of the rings are saturated or unsaturated, such as, for example, benzodioxan, benzofuran, chromane, chromene, indole, indoline, xanthene, etc. Also included in the definition of "parent heteroaromatic ring system" are those recognized rings that include common substituents, such as, for example, benzopyrone and 1 -methy1- 1,2,3,4-tetrazole. Specifically excluded from the definition of "parent heteroaromatic ring system" are benzene rings fused to cyclic polyalkylene glycols such as cyclic polyethylene glycols. Typical parent heteroaromatic ring systems include, but are not limited to, acridine, benzimidazole, benzisoxazole, benzodioxan, benzodioxole, benzofuran, benzopyrone, benzothiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxaxine, benzoxazole, benzoxazoline, carbazole, β-carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like.
[0071] "Heteroaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group having the stated number of ring atoms (e.g., "5-14 membered" means from 5 to 14 ring atoms) derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a parent heteroaromatic ring system. Typical heteroaryi groups include, but are not limited to, groups derived from acridine, benzimidazole, benzisoxazole, benzodioxan, benzodiaxole, benzofuran, benzopyrone, benzothiadiazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazine, benzoxazole, benzoxazoline, carbazole, β-carboline, chromane, chromene, cinnoline, furan, imidazole, indazole, indole, indoline, indolizine, isobenzofuran, isochromene, isoindole, isoindoline, isoquinoline, isothiazole, isoxazole, naphthyridine, oxadiazole, oxazole, perimidine, phenanthridine, phenanthroline, phenazine, phthalazine, pteridine, purine, pyran, pyrazine, pyrazole, pyridazine, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, pyrrolizine, quinazoline, quinoline, quinolizine, quinoxaline, tetrazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, thiophene, triazole, xanthene, and the like, as well as the various hydro isomers thereof. In preferred embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a 5-14 membered heteroaryl, with 5-10 membered heteroaryl being particularly preferred.
[0072] "Heteroaryl-Heteroaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a monovalent heteroaromatic group derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single atom of a ring system in which two or more identical or non-identical parent heteroaromatic ring systems are joined directly together by a single bond, where the number of such direct ring junctions is one less than the number of parent heteroaromatic ring systems involved. Typical heteroary1-heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, bipyridyl., tripyridyl, pyridylpurinyl, bipurinyl, etc. Where the number of atoms are specified, the numbers refer to the number of atoms comprising each parent heteroaromatic ring systems. For example, 5-15 membered heteroary1-heteroaryl is a heteroary1-heteroaryl group in which each parent heteroaromatic ring system comprises from 5 to 15 atoms, e.g., bipyridyl, tripuridyl, etc. In some embodiments, each parent heteroaromatic ring system is independently a 5-15 membered heteroaromatic, more typically a 5-10 membered heteroaromatic. Specific exemplary heteroary1-heteroaryl groups include those in which all of the parent heteroaromatic ring systems are identical.
[0073] "Biheteroaryl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to a heteroary1-heteroaryl group having two identical parent heteroaromatic ring systems joined directly together by a single bond. Typical biheteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, bipyridyl, bipurinyl, biquinolinyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the heteroaromatic ring systems are 5-15 membered heteroaromatic rings, more typically 5-10 membered heteroaromatic rings.
[0074] "Heteroarylalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an acyclic alkyl group in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heteroaryl group. Where specific alkyl moieties are intended, the nomenclature heteroarylalkanyl, heteroarylakenyl and/or heteroarylalkynyl is used. In some embodiments, the heteroarylalkyl group is a 6-21 membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety of the heteroarylalkyl is (C1-C6) alkyl and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-15-membered heteroaryl. In some specific exemplary embodiments, the heteroarylalkyl is a 6-13 membered heteroarylalkyl, e.g., the alkanyl, alkenyl or alkynyl moiety is (C1-C3) alkyl and the heteroaryl moiety is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0075] "Halogen" or "Halo" by themselves or as part of another substituent, unless otherwise stated, refer to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
[0076] "Haloalkyl" by itself or as part of another substituent refers to an alkyl group in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms is replaced with a halogen. Thus, the term "haloalkyl" is meant to include monohaloalkyls, dihaloalkyls, trihaloalkyls, etc. up to perhaloalkyls. For example, the expression "(C1-C2) haloalkyl" includes fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 1,1-difluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl, perfluoroethyl, etc.
[0077] The above-defined groups may include prefixes and/or suffixes that are commonly used in the art to create additional wel1-recognized substituent groups. As examples, "alkyloxy" or "alkoxy" refers to a group of the formula -OR", "alkylamine" refers to a group of the formula -NHR" and "dialkylamine" refers to a group of the formula -NR"R", where each R" is independently an alkyl. As another example, "haloalkoxy" or "haloalkyloxy" refers to a group of the formula -OR'", where R'" is a haloalkyl.
[0078] "Substituted," when used to modify a specified group or radical, means that one or more hydrogen atoms of the specified group or radical are each, independently of one another, replaced with the same or different substituent(s). Substituent groups useful for substituting for hydrogens on saturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to -R60, halo, -O-M+, =O, -OR70, -SR70, -S-M+, =S, -NR80R80, -NR70, =N-OR70, trihalomethyl, -CF3, -CN, -OCN3 -SCN, -NO, -NO2, =N2, -N3, -S(O)2R70, -S(O)2O-M+, -S(O)2OR70, -OS(O)2R70, -OS(O)2O-M+, -OS(O)2OR70, -P(O)(OO2(M+)2, -P(O)(OR70)O-M+, -P(O)(OR70XOR70), -C(O)R70, -C(S)R70, -C(NR70)R70, -C(O)O-M+, -C(O)OR70, -C(S)OR70, -C(O)NR80R80, -C(NR70)NR80R80, -OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70,
-OC(O)O-M+, -OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)R70, -NR70C(S)R70, -NR70C(O)O-M+, -NR70C(O)OR70, -NR70C(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)NR80R80, -NR70C(NR70)R70 and -NR70C(NR70)NR80R80, where R60 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl; each R70 is independently hydrogen or R60; each R80 is independently R70 or alternatively, the two R8O s, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered cycloheteroalkyl which may optionally include from 1 to 4 of the same or different additional heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S; and each M is a counter ion with a positive charge, for example, a positive charge independently selected from K+, Na+, +N(R60)4, and Li+, or two of M+, combine to form a divalent counterion, for example a divalent counterion selected from Ca2+, Mg2+, and Ba2+. As specific examples, -NR80R80 is meant to include -NH2, -NH-alkyl, N-pyrrolidinyl and N-morpholinyl.
[0079] Similarly, substituent groups useful for substituting for hydrogens on unsaturated carbon atoms in the specified group or radical include, but are not limited to, -R60, halo, -O- M+, -OR70, -SR70, -SM+, -NR80R80, trihalomethyl, -CF3, -CN, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO2, -N3, -S(O)2R70, -S(O)2O-M+, -S(O)2OR70, -OS(O)2R70, -OS(O)2OM+, -OS(O)2OR70, -P(O)(O-)2(M+)2, -P(O)(OR70)O-M+, -P(O)(OR70XOR70), -C(O)R70, -C(S)R70, -C(NR70)R70, -C(O)O-M+, -C(O)OR70, -C(S)OR70, -C(O)NR80R80, -C(NR70)NR80R80, -OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70, -OC(O)O_M+, -OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)R70, -NR70C(S)R70,
-NR70C(O)O-M+, -NR70C(O)OR70, -NR70C(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)NR80R80, -NR70C(NR70)R70 and -NR70C(NR70)NR80R80, where R60, R70, R80 and M+ are as previously defined.
[0080] Substituent groups, other than Rp, useful for substituting for hydrogens on nitrogen atoms in heteroalkyl and cycloheteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, -R60, -0"M+, -OR70, -SR70, -S'M+, -NR80R80, trihalomethyl, -CF3, -CN, -NO, -NO2, -S(O)2R70, -S(O)2O-M+, -S(O)2OR70, -OS(O)2R70, -OS(O)2OM+, -OS(O)2OR70, -P(O)(O-)2(M+)2, -P(O)(OR70)O- M+, -P(O)(OR70XOR70), -C(O)R70, -C(S)R70, -C(NR70)R70, -C(O)OR70, -C(S)OR70, -C(O)NR80R80, -C(NR70)NR80R80, -OC(O)R70, -OC(S)R70, -OC(O)OR70, -OC(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)R70, -NR70C(S)R70, -NR70C(O)OR70, -NR70C(S)OR70, -NR70C(O)NR80R80, -NR70C(NR70)R70 and -NR70C(NR70)NR80R80, where R60, R70, R80 and M+ are as previously defined.
[0081] Substituent groups from the above lists useful for substituting other groups or atoms specified as "substituted" will be apparent to those of skill in the art. [0082] "Protecting group" refers to a group of atoms that, when attached to a reactive functional group in a molecule, mask, reduce or prevent the reactivity of the functional group. Typically, a protecting group may be selectively removed as desired during the course of a synthesis. Examples of protecting groups can be found in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, 3rd Ed., 1999, John Wiley & Sons, NY and Harrison et at, Compendium of Synthetic Organic Methods, VoIs. 1-8, 1971-1996, John Wiley & Sons, NY. Representative amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl ("CBZ"), tert-butoxycarbonyl ("Boc"), trimethylsilyl ("TMS"), 2-trimethylsily1-ethanesulfonyl ("TES"), trityl and substituted trityl groups, allyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl ("FMOC"), nitro- veratryloxycarbonyl ("NVOC") and the like. Representative hydroxyl protecting groups include, but are not limited to, those where the hydroxyl group is either acylated or alkylated such as benzyl and trityl ethers, as well as alkyl ethers, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, trialkylsilyl ethers (e.g., TMS or TIPPS groups) and allyl ethers.
[0083] "Fc Receptor" refers to a member of the family of cell surface molecules that binds the Fc portion (containing the specific constant region) of an immunoglobulin. Each Fc receptor binds immunoglobulins of a specific type. For example the Fcα receptor ("FcαR") binds IgA, the FcεR binds IgE and the FcγR binds IgG.
[0084] The FcαR family includes the polymeric Ig receptor involved in epithelial transport of IgA/IgM, the myeloid specific receptor RcαRI (also called CD89), the Fcα/μR and at least two alternative IgA receptors (for a recent review see Monteiro & van de Winkel, 2003, Annu. Rev. Immunol, advanced e-publication). The FcαRI is expressed on neutrophils, eosinophils, monocytes/macrophages, dendritic cells and kupfer cells. The FcαRI includes one alpha chain and the FcR gamma homodimer that bears an activation motif (ITAM) in the cytoplasmic domain and phosphorylates Syk kinase.
[0085] The FcεR family includes two types, designated FcεRI and FcεRII (also known as CD23). FcεRI is a high affinity receptor (binds IgE with an affinity of about 1010M"1) found on mast, basophil and eosinophil cells that anchors monomeric IgE to the cell surface. The FcεRI possesses one alpha chain, one beta chain and the gamma chain homodimer discussed above. The FcεRII is a low affinity receptor expressed on mononuclear phagocytes, B lymphocytes, eosinophils and platelets. The FcεRII comprises a single polypeptide chain and does not include the gamma chain homodimer.
[0086] The FcγR family includes three types, designated FcγRI (also known as CD64), FcγRII (also known as CD32) and FcγRIII (also known as CD 16). FcγRI is a high affinity receptor (binds IgGl with an affinity of 108M-1) found on mast, basophil, mononuclear, neutrophil, eosinophil, dendritic and phagocyte cells that anchors nomomeric IgG to the cell surface. The FcγRI includes one alpha chain and the gamma chain dimer shared by FcαRI and FcεRI.
[0087] The FcγRII is a low affinity receptor expressed on neutrophils, monocytes, eosinophils, platelets and B lymphocytes. The FcγRII includes one alpha chain, and does not include the gamma chain homodimer discussed above.
[0088] The FcγRIII is a low affinity (binds IgGl with an affinity Of 5x105M"1) expressed on NK, eosinophil, macrophage, neutrophil and mast cells. It comprises one alpha chain and the gamma homodimer shared by FcαRI, FcεRI and FcγRI.
[0089] Skilled artisans will recognize that the subunit structure and binding properties of these various Fc receptors, as well as the cell types expressing them, are not completely characterized. The above discussion merely reflects the current state-of-the-art regarding these receptors (see, e.g., Immunobiology: The Immune System in Health & Disease, 5th Edition, Janeway et al, Eds, 2001, ISBN 0-8153-3642-x, Figure 9.30 at pp. 371), and is not intended to be limiting with respect to the myriad receptor signaling cascades that can be regulated with the prodrugs described herein.
[0090] "Fc Receptor-Mediated Degranulation" or "Fc Receptor-Induced Degranulation" refers to degranulation that proceeds via an Fc receptor signal transduction cascade initiated by crosslinking of an Fc receptor.
[0091] "IgE-Induced Degranulation" or "FcεRI-Mediated Degranulation" refers to degranulation that proceeds via the IgE receptor signal transduction cascade initiated by crosslinking of FcεRI -bound IgE. The crosslinking may be induced by an IgE-specific allergen or other multivalent binding agent, such as an anti-IgE antibody. In mast and/or basophil cells, the FcεRI signaling cascade leading to degranulation may be broken into two stages: upstream and downstream. The upstream stage includes all of the processes that occur prior to calcium ion mobilization. The downstream stage includes calcium ion mobilization and all processes downstream thereof. Compounds that inhibit FcεRI-mediated degranulation may act at any point along the FcεRI-mediated signal transduction cascade. Compounds that selectively inhibit upstream FcεRI-mediated degranulation act to inhibit that portion of the FcεRI signaling cascade upstream of the point at which calcium ion mobilization is induced. In cel1-based assays, compounds that selectively inhibit upstream FcεRI-mediated degranulation inhibit degranulation of cells such as mast or basophil cells that are activated or stimulated with an IgE-specifϊc allergen or binding agent (such as an anti-IgE antibody) but do not appreciably inhibit degranulation of cells that are activated or stimulated with degranulating agents that bypass the FcεRI signaling pathway, such as, for example the calcium ionophores ionomycin and A23187.
[0092] "IgG-Induced Degranulation" or "FcγRI-Mediated Degranulation" refers to degranulation that proceeds via the FcγRI signal transduction cascade initiated by crosslinking of FcγRI-bound IgG. The crosslinking may be induced by an IgG-specific allergen or another multivalent binding agent, such as an anti-IgG or fragment antibody. Like the FcεRI signaling cascade, in mast and basophil cells the FcγRI signaling cascade also leads to degranulation which may be broken into the same two stages: upstream and downstream. Similar to FcεRI-mediated degranulation, compounds that selectively inhibit upstream FcγRI- mediated degranulation act upstream of the point at which calcium ion mobilization is induced. In cel1-based assays, compounds that selectively inhibit upstream FcγRI-mediated degranulation inhibit degranulation of cells such as mast or basophil cells that are activated or stimulated with an IgG-specific allergen or binding agent (such as an anti-IgG antibody or fragment) but do not appreciably inhibit degranulation of cells that are activated or stimulated with degranulating agents that bypass the FcγRI signaling pathway, such as, for example the calcium ionophores ionomycin and A23187.
[0093] "Ionophore-Induced Degranulation" or "Ionophore-Mediated Degranulation" refers to degranulation of a cell, such as a mast or basophil cell, that occurs upon exposure to a calcium ionophore such as, for example, ionomycin or A23187. [0094] "Syk Kinase" refers to the wel1-known 72kDa non-receptor (cytoplasmic) spleen protein tyrosine kinase expressed in B-cells and other hematopoetic cells. Syk kinase includes two consensus Src-homology 2 (SH2) domains in tandem that bind to phosphorylated immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs ("ITAMs"), a "linker" domain and a catalytic domain (for a review of the structure and function of Syk kinase see Sada et al, 2001, J. Biochem. (Tokyo) 130:177-186); see also Turner et al, 2000, Immunology Today 21:148-154). Syk kinase has been extensively studied as an effector of B-cell receptor (BCR) signaling (Turner et al, 2000, supra). Syk kinase is also critical for tyrosine phosphorylation of multiple proteins which regulate important pathways leading from immunoreceptors, such as Ca2+ mobilization and mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) cascades and degranulation. Syk kinase also plays a critical role in integrin signaling in neutrophils (see, e.g., Mocsai et al. 2002, Immunity 16:547-558).
[0095] As used herein, Syk kinase includes kinases from any species of animal, including but not limited to, homosapiens, simian, bovine, porcine, rodent, etc., recognized as belonging to the Syk family. Specifically included are isoforms, splice variants, allelic variants, mutants, both naturally occurring and man-made. The amino acid sequences of such Syk kinases are well known and available from GENBANK. Specific examples of mRNAs encoding different isoforms of human Syk kinase can be found at GENBANK accession no. gi|21361552|ref|NM_003177.2|, gi|496899|emb|Z29630.1|HSSYKPTK[496899] and gi| 15030258|gb]BC011399.1 |BC011399[15030258], which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0096] Skilled artisans will appreciate that tyrosine kinases belonging to other families may have active sites or binding pockets that are similar in three-dimensional structure to that of Syk. As a consequence of this structural similarity, such kinases, referred to herein as "Syk mimics," are expected to catalyze phosphorylation of substrates phosphorylated by Syk.
Thus, it will be appreciated that such Syk mimics, signal transduction cascades in which such Syk mimics play a role, and biological responses effected by such Syk mimics and Syk mimic-dependent signaling cascades may be regulated, and in particular inhibited, with many of the prodrugs described herein. [0097] "Syk-Dependent Signaling Cascade" refers to a signal transduction cascade in which Syk kinase plays a role. Non-1imiting examples of such Syk-dependent signaling cascades include the FcαRI, FcεRI, FcγRI, FcγRIII, BCR and integral signaling cascades.
[0098] "Autoimmune Disease" refers to those diseases which are commonly associated with the nonanaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions (Type II, Type III and/or Type IV hypersensitivity reactions) that generally result as a consequence of the subject's own humoral and/or cell-mediated immune response to one or more immunogenic substances of endogenous and/or exogenous origin. Such autoimmune diseases are distinguished from diseases associated with the anaphylactic (Type I or IgE-mediated ) hypersensitivity reactions.
6.2 The Prodrug Compounds
[0099] As described in the Summary, the instant disclosure provides prodrugs of biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds, such as the various 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds described in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003
( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382),
U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Prodrugs of these 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds are of particular interest, as these compounds inhibit upstream Fc receptor signaling cascades as well as Syk kinase and Syk kinase-dependent signaling cascades. The prodrugs generally include such active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds in which one or more of the available primary or secondary amine groups is masked with a progroup Rp that metabolizes in vivo by to yield the active 2,4 pyrimidinediamine drug. As also discussed in the Summary section, and as will be discussed in more detail, below, the nature of the progroup can vary, and will depend upon, among other factors, the desired water solubility of the prodrug, its intended mode of administration and/or its intended mechanism or site of metabolism to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound. [0100] For example, it has been discovered that a specific active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug (Compound 1, below), exhibits vastly superior water solubility when formulated as a phosphate prodrug (Compound 4, below):
Figure imgf000037_0001
[0101] This prodrug Compound 4 also exhibits superior bioavailability compared to the corresponding active drug Compound 1 when administered orally to test animals. Li fact, unlike the drug Compound 1, absorption of the prodrug Compound 4 is not dependent upon formulation. In pharmacokinetics studies carried out in rats, the prodrug Compound 4 was absorbed equally well from solutions (e.g., PEG-400 solutions and carboxymethylcellulose solutions) and powders (packed in hard gelatin capsules). While not intending to be bound by any particular theory of operation, it is believed that the improved oral bioavailability of the prodrug Compound 4, as well as its formulation-independent absorption, is due, at least in part, to its higher water-solubility. It is expected that other active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that have similarly low water solubilities, and hence oral bioavailabilities, will exhibit similar increases in water solubility and oral bioavailability when formulated as phosphate prodrugs.
[0102] Conversely, the corresponding phosphate ester prodrug of active drug Compound 1 would be expected to have lower water-solubility than the active Compound 1 compound. Thus, it is expected that phosphate ester prodrugs of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that have lower water-solubility than the corresponding active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds will be especially useful in applications and formulations where low water-solubility is desirable, such as formulations adapted for delivery via inhalation. [0103] One class of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that is expected to benefit from formulation as prodrugs, and in particular as phosphate prodrugs, includes 2,4- pyrimidinediamines in which the N4-substituent of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety is a
substituted or unsubstiruted nitrogen-containing heteroaryl ring of the formula
Figure imgf000038_0001
where Z1 and Z2 are each, independently of one another, selected from CH and N and Y is selected from CH2, NH, O, S, S(O) and S(O)2. Such prodrugs can include progroups Rp at: one or both of the non-aromatic ring nitrogens of the heteroaryl ring, the N2-nitrogen of the 2,4-pyrimidinedimaine moiety, the N4-nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety and/or any available nitrogen atoms in the substituent attached to the N2 nitrogen atom of the 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety.
[0104] In one illustrative embodiment, the prodrugs are compounds according to structural formula (I):
Figure imgf000038_0002
including salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof, wherein:
Y is selected from CH2, NR24, O, S, S(O) and S(O)2; Z1 and Z2 are each, independently of one another, selected from CH and N;
R2 is selected from lower alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups, lower cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups, cyclohexyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups, 3-8 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups, (C6-C14) aryl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups, phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups and 5-15 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups;
R is selected from halo, fluoro, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl and trifluoromethyl;
R is selected from Ra, R , Ra substituted with one or more, for example, from one to four, of the same or different Ra or Rb, -ORa substituted with one or more of the same or different Ra or Rb, -B(ORa)2, -B(NRcRc)2, -(CH2)m-Rb, -(CHRa)m-Rb, -O-(CH2)m-Rb, -S-(CH2)m-Rb, -O- CHRaRb, -O- CRa(Rb)2, -0-(CHRa)m-Rb, -O- (CH2)m-CH[(CH2)mRb]Rb, -S-(CHRa)m-Rb, -C(0)NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -C(O)NH-(CHRa)m-Rb 3 -O-(CH2)m-C(O)NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -S-(CH2)m-C(O)NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -O-(CHRa)m-C(O)NH-(CHRa)m-Rb, -S-(CHRa)m-C(O)NH-(CHRa)m-Rb, -NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -NH-(CHRa)m-Rb, -NH[(CH2)mRb], -N[(CH2)mRb]2, -NH-C(O)-NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -NH-C(O)-(CH2)m-CHRbRb and -NH-(CH2)m-C (0)-NH-(CH2)m-Rb;
R17 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, fluoro, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R may be taken together with R to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R is selected from hydrogen, halogen, fluoro, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R18 may be taken together with R17 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms; R19 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, and methyl or, alternatively, R19 may be taken together with R20 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R20 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R20 may be taken together with R19 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms; each Ra is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, (C4-C11) cycloalkylalkyl, (C6-C10) aryl, phenyl, (C7-C16) arylalkyl, benzyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloheteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, piperidinyl, 4-11 membered cycloheteroalkylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 6-16 membered heteroarylalkyl; each Rb is a suitable group independently selected from =0, -0Ra, (C1-C3) haloalkylόxy, =S, -SRa, =NRa, =N0Ra, -NRcRc, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -NC, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO2, =N2, -N3, -S(O)Ra, -S(O)2Ra, -S(O)2ORa, -S(O)NRcRc, -S(O)2NRcRc, -OS(O)Ra, -OS(O)2Ra, -OS(O)2ORa, -OS(O)2NRcRc, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)ORa, -C(O)NRcRc, -C(NH)NRcRc, -C(NRa)NR°R°, -C(NOH)Ra, -C(NOH)NRcRc, -0C(0)Ra, -OC(O)ORa, -OC(O)NRcRc, -OC(NH)NRcRc, -0C(NRa)NR°Rc, -[NHC(O)]nRa, -[NRaC(0)]nRa, - [NHC(O)]nORa, -[NRaC(0)]n0Ra, -[NHC(O)]nNRcRc, -[NRaC(0)]nNRcRc, -[NHC(NH)]nNRcRc and -[NRaC(NRa)]nNRcRc; each Rc is, independently of the others, selected from a protecting group and Ra, or, alternatively, the two Rc bonded to the same nitrogen atom are taken together with that nitrogen atom to form a 5 to 8-menibered cycloheteroalkyl or heteroaryl which may optionally include one or more of the same or different additional heteroatoms and which may optionally be substituted with one or more, for example, from one to four, of the same or different Ra groups;
R21, R22 and R23 are each, independently of one another, selected from hydrogen and a progroup Rp;
R24 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and progroup Rp; each m is, independently of the others, an integer from 1 to 3; and each n is, independently of the others, an integer from 0 to 3, with the proviso that at least one of R21, R22, R23 and R24 is a progroup.
[0105] In the prodrugs described herein, and in particular in the prodrugs of structural formula (I), R21, R22 and R23 each represent either hydrogen or a progroup Rp. Also, R24 represents hydrogen, a lower alkyl or a progroup Rp. Thus, the prodrugs can include a single Rp progroup, two Rp progroups, three Rp progroups, or even more Rp progroups, depending, in part, on the identity of Y and whether the R2 substituent includes any R progroups. In some embodiments, it is preferred that the prodrugs described herein, and in particular the prodrugs of structural formula (I), include only one Rp group. Without intending to be bound by any theory of operation, it is possible that the different Rp groups in prodrugs including more than one Rp progroup may metabolize at different rates. Prodrugs including a single Rp progroup would avoid such differential metabolic kinetics. A specific embodiment of prodrugs according to structural formula (I) that include a single progroup Rp are compounds according to structural formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein Y1 is selected from CH2, NR24, O, S, S(O) and S(O)2; and Z2, R2, R5, R17,
R18, R19, R20, R24 and Rpare as previously defined, with the proviso that R2 does not include any Rp groups. [0106] The identity of any Rp progroups present in the prodrugs described herein is not critical for success, provided that it hydrolyzes under the conditions of use to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound. It has recently been discovered that a phosphate- containing prodrug according to the structure illustrated below:
Figure imgf000041_0001
metabolizes in vivo to the corresponding active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound (Compound 1), illustrated below:
Figure imgf000041_0002
[0107] While not intending to be bound by any particular theory operation, it is believed that this prodrug metabolizes to active Compound 1 via the corresponding hydroxymethylamine intermediate illustrated below:
Figure imgf000041_0003
[0108] Such hydroxymethylamine compound are known to be unstable under physiological conditions and various pH ranges where they hydrolyze in vivo to yield formaldehyde and the active drug substance. Based on this observation, it is believed that prodrugs that include hydroxyl "protecting" groups that can be metabolized in vivo, for example by the acidic conditions of the stomach and/or by enzymes present in the digestive tract or other organs and/or tissues or fluids with the body, to yield the hydroxymethylamine intermediate illustrated above will likewise metabolize to the active 2,4 pyrimidinediamine drug. [0109] Moreover, it is expected that the amino and thio analogs of this hydroxymethylamine intermediate, will be similarly unstable at physiological conditions and also hydrolyze in vivo to the active 2,4-pyrimdiendiamine drag. Accordingly, it is also expected that the corresponding amino and thio compounds, as well as compounds in which the α-amino and α-thio groups are masked with "protecting" groups that are removed under physiological conditions of use to yield the α-amino and α-thio groups, will likewise make suitable prodrugs.
[0110] Thus, in some embodiments, the progroup(s) Rp in the prodrugs of structural formulae (I) and (Ia) are of the formula -CRdRd-A-R3, where each Rd is, independently of the other, selected from hydrogen, cyano, -C(O)Re, -C(O)ORe, -C(O)NReRe, -C(ORe)(ORe), optionally substituted (C1-C20) alkyl, (C1-C20) perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted (C7-C30) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-30 membered heteroarylalkyl, where each Re is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, alkyl (for example lower alkyl), aryl (for example phenyl or naphthyl, arylalkyl (for example benzyl), heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl; A is selected from O, S and NR50, where R50 is selected from Rd and cycloalkyl, or, alternatively, is taken together with R3 such that R50 and R3, together with nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a three-to seven-membered ring; and R3 is a group that, together with A, metabolizes under the conditions of use to yield an intermediate group of the formula -CR R AH, where R and A are as previously defined. As mentioned above, compounds of structural formula (I) and (Ia) in which the Rp groups are of the formula -CRdRd-AH spontaneously hydrolyze in vivo to yield the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug.
[0111] The mechanism by which the R group metabolizes to yield intermediate group -CRdRd-A-H is not critical, and can be caused by, for example, hydrolysis under the acidic conditions of the stomach, and/or by enzymes present in the digestive tract and/or tissues or organs of the body. Indeed, the R group(s) can be selected to metabolize at a particular site within the body. For example, many esters are cleaved under the acidic conditions found in the stomach. Prodrugs designed to cleave chemically in the stomach to the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine can employ progroups including such esters. Alternatively, the progroups may be designed to metabolize in the presence of enzymes such as esterases, amidases, lipolases, phosphatases including ATPases and kinase etc., to yield the intermediate group of formula -CRdRd- A-H. Progroups including linkages capable of metabolizing in vivo to yield such an intermediate group are wel1-known, and include, by way of example and not limitation, ethers, thioethers, silylethers, silylthioethers, esters, thioesters, carbonates, thiocarbonates, carbamates, thiocarbamates, ureas, thioureas, carboxamides, etc. In some instances, a "precursor" group that is oxidized by oxidative enzymes such as, for example, cytochrome P450 of the liver, to a metabolizable group, can be selected.
[0112] The identity of the R3 group can also be selected so as to impart the prodrug with desirable characteristics. For example, lipophilic groups can be used to decrease water solubility and hydrophilic groups can be used to increase water solubility. In this way, prodrugs specifically tailored for selected modes of administration can be obtained. The R3 group can also be designed to impart the prodrug with other properties, such as, for example, improved passive intestinal absorption, improved transport-mediated intestinal absorption, protection against fast metabolism (slow-release prodrugs), tissue-selective delivery, passive enrichment in target tissues, targeting-specific transporters, etc. Groups capable of imparting prodrugs with these characteristics are wel1-known, and are described, for example, in Ettmayer et al., 2004, J. Med. Chem. 47(10:2393-2404), the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference. AU of the various groups described in these references can be utilized in the prodrugs described herein.
[0113] In some embodiments, R3 is selected from -Rf, -C(O)Rf, -C(O)NRfRf and -SiRfRfRf, where the R groups are selected so as to impart the prodrugs with desired bioavailability, cleavage and/or targeting properties. In a specific embodiment, the R groups are selected to impart the prodrug with higher water-solubility than the underlying active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine drug. Thus, in some embodiments, the R groups are selected such that they, taken together with the heteroatom or group to which they are bonded, are hydrophilic in character. Such hydrophilic groups can be charged or uncharged, as is wel1-known in the art. As specific examples, the R groups may be selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted lower heteroalkyl, optionally substituted lower cycloalkyl, optionally substituted lower heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted (C6-C10) aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted (C7-C18) arylalkyl and optionally substituted 6-18 membered heteroarylalkyl. The nature of any present substituents can vary widely, as is known in the art. In some embodiments any present substituents are, independently of one another, selected from Rb, defined above. [0114] In a specific embodiment, the progroups on the prodrugs of formula (I) and/or (Ia) are of the formula -CRdRd-A-R3, where R3 is selected from -(CH2)i-Rb, -C(O)Ra, -C(O)-(CH2)i-Rb, -C(O)O-Ra and -C(O)O-(CH2)i-Rb, where X, Ra, Rb and Rd are as previously defined, and i is an integer ranging from 0 to 6. Specific, non-1imiting, examples of exemplary water-solubility increasing progroups include by the way of example and not limitation, hydrophilic groups such as alkyl, arylk, arylalkyl, or cycloheteroalkyl groups substituted with one or more of an amine, alcohol, a carboxylic acid, a phosphorous acid, a sulfoxide, a sugar, an amino acid, a thiol, a polyol, a ether, a thioether and a quaternary amine salt. [0115] One important class of progroups includes progroups that contain a phosphate group, for example, phosphate-containing progroups of the formula -(RdRd)y-O-P (O)(OH)2, where Rd is as defined above and y is an integer ranging from 1 to 3, typically 1 or 2. In a specific embodiment, each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl and substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl.
[0116] While not intending to be bound by any theory of operation, it is believed that such phosphate-containing progroups Rp act as substrates for both alkaline and acid phosphatase enzymes, leading to their removal from the prodrugs under physiological conditions of use. As alkaline phosphatases are abundant in the digestive tract of humans, phosphate-containing progroups Rp that can be cleaved in the presence of alkaline phosphatases are particularly suitable for formulating phosphate-containing prodrugs intended for oral administration. Specific examples of phosphate-containing progroups Rp suitable for use in prodrugs intended for oral administration include, but are not limited to, groups of the formula -(RdRd)j,-O-P (O)(OH)2 in which each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkanyl. Exemplary embodiments of such phosphate- containing progroups include, but are not limited to, -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2 and -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2.
[0117] Although phosphate-containing prodrugs suitable for oral administration are of interest, skilled artisans will appreciate that prodrugs including phosphate-containing progroups Rp can be administered via other routes of administration, as phosphatases are distributed throughout the body. For example, exemplary prodrug Compound 4 has been found to metabolize to the active drug Compound 1 in in vitro experiments carried out with rat plasma, as well as with rat hepatic and intestinal microsomal preparations, indicating that phosphatases are also present in plasma. Thus, the only requirement is that the particular phosphate-containing progroup Rp selected should be removable under the conditions of intended use.
[0118] While not intending to be bound by any theory of operation, it is believed that whenj/ is 1, phosphate-containing prodrugs, such as those according to structural formula (Ia), are metabolized to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound via the corresponding hydroxymethylamine. This metabolism is illustrated in FIG. IA. Referring to FIG. IA, removal of phosphoric acid from phosphate prodrug 16 via enzymatic hydrolysis yields the corresponding hydroxymethylamine 18, which undergoes hydrolysis in vivo to yield formaldehyde and active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound 10.
[0119] Referring to FIG. IB, when y is 2, it is believed that in vivo hydrolysis of phosphate prodrug 26 yields active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine 10 and enol phosphate, which then hydrolyses in vivo to acetaldehyde and phosphoric acid.
[0120] Referring again to FIG. IA, skilled artisan will appreciate that while hydroxymethylamine 18 metabolizes under physiological conditions to yield active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compound 10, it is stable at pH 7 and can therefore be prepared and administered as a hydroxyalky1-containing prodrug of active compound 10. Thus, in some embodiments of the prodrugs of structural formula (I), Rp is a hydroxyalky1-containing progroup of the formula -CRdRd-OH, where R is as previously defined. In a specific exemplary embodiment, Rp is -CH2OH.
[0121] Still referring again to FIG. IA, skilled artisans will also appreciate that phosphate prodrugs can be generated by in vivo hydrolysis of phosphate ester prodrugs, such as phosphate ester prodrugs 20 and/or by in vivo oxidation of phosphite prodrugs, such as phosphite prodrugs 24. Such phosphate ester and phosphite prodrugs can in turn be generated by either in vivo oxidation or hydrolysis of phosphite ester prodrugs such as phosphite ester prodrugs 22. The corresponding phosphate ester, phosphite and phosphite ester prodrugs of phosphate prodrug 26 are illustrated in FIG. IB as compounds 30, 34 and 32, respectively. Thus, as will be appreciated by skilled artisans, prodrugs that include precursors of phosphates that can metabolize into phosphate groups in vivo axe also included in the present invention.
[0122] In some embodiments of such prodrugs, the phosphorous-containing progroup Rp comprises a phosphite group. A specific exemplary embodiment of such phosphite- containing prodrugs includes prodrug compounds in which the progroup Rp is of the formula -(CRdRd)y-O-P(OH)(OH), where Rd and y are as previously defined.
[0123] In other embodiments of such prodrugs, the phosphorous-containing progroup Rp comprises an acyclic phosphate ester or phosphite ester group. Specific exemplary embodiments of such acyclic phosphate ester and phosphite ester prodrugs include progroups Rp of the formula -(CRdRd)y0-P(0)(0H)(0Re), -(CRdRd)yO-P(O)(ORe)2,
-(CRdRd)yO-P(OH)(ORe) and -(CRdRd)y-O-P(ORe)2, where Re is selected from substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, 4-1ower alkoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl), substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl, 1-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl), -(CRdRd)yORf, -(CRdRd)yO-C(O)Rf, -(CRdRd)yO- C(O)ORf, -(CRdRd )yS-C(O)Rf, -(CRdRd)yS-C(O)ORf, -(CRdR d)yNH-C(0)Rf, -(CRdRd)y-NH-C(O)ORf and -Si(Rd)3, wherein each Rf is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl, and Rd and y are as previously defined. [0124] In still other embodiments, phosphorous-containing prodrugs that include phosphate precursors are prodrugs in which the phosphorous-containing progroup Rp comprises a cyclic
phosphate ester of the formula
Figure imgf000046_0001
where each Rg is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl; each Rh is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloheteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl, substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl; z is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; and Rd and y are as previously defined. [0125] In still other embodiments, phosphorous-containing prodrugs that include phosphate precursors are prodrugs in which
Figure imgf000047_0001
the phosphorous-containing progroup R comprises a cyclic
phosphite ester of the formul where Rg, Rh, Rd, y and z are as previously defined.
Figure imgf000047_0002
[0126] In some embodiments, the substituents Rh on such cyclic phosphate ester and phosphite ester prodrugs are selected such that the progroup is metabolized in vitro by esterase enzymes. Specific examples of such phosphate ester and phosphite ester progroups include those in which each Rh is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, methyl, ethyl and propyl. In some embodiments, such progroups are selected from
Figure imgf000047_0003
[0127] Many of these phosphate esters and phosphite esters are acid label and, when administered orally, metabolize to the corresponding phosphates and phosphites under the acidic conditions of the stomach and/or gut.
[0128] Thus, in the phosphorous-containing prodrugs described herein, the identity of the particular phosphorous-containing progroups Rp employed can be selected to tailor the prodrugs for particular modes of delivery, etc.
[0129] The suitability of any particular progroup Rp for a desired mode of administration can be confirmed in biochemical assays. For example, if a prodrug is to be administered by injection into a particular tissue or organ, and the identities of the various phosphatases expressed in the tissue or organ are known, the particular prodrug can be tested for metabolism in biochemical assays with the isolated phosphatase(s). Alternatively, the particular prodrug can be tested for metabolism to the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound with tissue and/or organ extracts. Using tissue and/or organ extracts can be of particular convenience when the identity(ies) of the phosphatases expressed in the target tissues or organs are unknown, or in instances when the isolated phosphatases are not conveniently available. Skilled artisans will be able to readily select progroups Rp having metabolic properties (such as kinetics) suitable for particular applications using such in vitro tests. Of course, specific prodrugs could also be tested for suitable metabolism in in vitro animal models. [0130] In some embodiments, the prodrugs are prodrugs according to structural formula (I) or (Ia) that have one or more features selected from:
(i) R5 is fluoro;
(ii) R2 is a phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups; (iii) R2 is 3,4,5-tri(loweralkoxy)phenyl;
(iv) R2 is 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl;
(v) Y or Y1 is O; Z1 is CH, Z2 is N; R17 and R18 are each methyl; and R19 and R20 are taken together to form an oxogroup; and
(vi) Rp is a hydroxyalky1-containing progroup of the formula -CH2OH, or a phosphate-containing progroup of the formula -(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(OH)2, or a phosphate ester, phosphite or phosphite ester analog thereof, wherein y is 1 or 2 and each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and unsubstituted lower alkyl, or
(vii) Rp is selected from -CH2OH, CH2-SH, -CH2-NH2, -CH2-NHR50, -CH2-N(R50)2, -CH2-A-Rf, -CH2-A-C(0)Rf, -CH2-A-C(O)ORfand -CH2-A-C(0)NRfRf, where A, R50 and Rf are as previously defined.
[0131] In some embodiments, the prodrugs of structural formulae (I) and (Ia) have two or three of the above-delineated features. In one specific embodiment, the prodrugs have features (i), (iii) and (v). In another specific embodiment, the prodrugs have features (i), (iv) and (v). In still another specific embodiment, the prodrugs have features (i), (iii), (v) and (vi) or (vii). In still another specific embodiment, the prodrugs have features (i), (iv), (v) and (vi) or (vii). In still another specific embodiment, Rp is a phosphate-containing progroup of the formula -(CRdRd)yO-P(O)(OH)2.
[0132] In all of the compounds described herein that include substituent alternatives that may be substituted, such as, for example, some of the substituent alternatives delineated for Rd, Re, R , Rg, R , R1 and Rj, the substitutions are typically, independently of one another, selected from amongst the R groups described in connection with structural formula (I). In a specific embodiment, any present substitutions are, independently of one another, selected from hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, (C6-C14) aryloxy, lower alkoxyalkyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl and halogen. [0133] Those of skill in the art will appreciate that many of the prodrugs described herein, as well as the various prodrug species specifically described and/or illustrated herein, may exhibit the phenomena of tautomerism, conformational isomerism, geometric isomerism and/or optical isomerism. For example, the prodrugs may include one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and as a consequence may exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers and diasteromers and mixtures thereof, such as racemic mixtures. As another example, the prodrugs may exist in several tautomeric forms, including the enol form, the keto form and mixtures thereof. As the various compound names, formulae and drawings within the specification and claims can represent only one of the possible tautomeric, conformational isomeric, optical isomeric or geometric isomeric forms, it should be understood that the invention encompasses any tautomeric, conformational isomeric, optical isomeric and/or geometric isomeric forms of the prodrugs having one or more of the utilities described herein, as well as mixtures of these various different isomeric forms. In cases of limited rotation around the 2,4-pryimidinediamine moiety, atrop isomers are also possible and are also specifically included in the compounds of the invention. [0134] Moreover, skilled artisans will appreciate that when lists of alternative substituents include members which, owing to valency requirements or other reasons, cannot be used to substitute a particular group, the list is intended to be read in context to include those members of the list that are suitable for substituting the particular group. For example, skilled artisans will appreciate that while all of the listed alternatives for R can be used to substitute an alkyl group, certain of the alternatives, such as =O, cannot be used to substitute a phenyl group. It is to be understood that only possible combinations of substituent-group pairs are intended.
[0135] The prodrugs described herein may be identified by either their chemical structure or their chemical name. When the chemical structure and the chemical name conflict, the chemical structure is determinative of the identity of the specific prodrug.
[0136] Depending upon the nature of the various substituents, the prodrugs described herein may be in the form of salts. Such salts include salts suitable for pharmaceutical uses ("pharmaceutically-acceptable salts"), salts suitable for veterinary uses, etc. Such salts may be derived from acids or bases, as is wel1-known in the art. [0137] In one embodiment, the salt is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Generally, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are those salts that retain substantially one or more of the desired pharmacological activities of the parent compound and which are suitable for administration to humans. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid addition salts formed with inorganic acids or organic acids. Inorganic acids suitable for forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, by way of example and not limitation, hydrohalide acids {e.g., hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydriodic, etc.), sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Organic acids suitable for forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include, by way of example and not limitation, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, oxalic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, palmitic acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, alkylsulfonic acids (e.g., methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic acid, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, etc.), arylsulfonic acids (e.g., benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, etc.), 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like.
[0138] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts also include salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is either replaced by a metal ion (e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion or an aluminum ion) or coordinates with an organic base (e.g., ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, morpholine, piperidine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, etc.).
[0139] The prodrugs described herein, as well as the salts thereof, may also be in the form of hydrates, solvates and N-oxides, as are well-known in the art. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the expression "prodrug" is intended to encompass such salts, hydrates, solvates and/or N-oxides. Specific exemplary salts include, but are not limited to, mono- and di- sodium salts, mono- and di-potassium salts, mono- and di-1ithium salts, mono- and di- alkylamino salts, mono-magnesium salts, mono-calcium salts and ammonium salts.
6.3 Methods of Synthesis
[0140] The prodrugs described herein, as well as intermediates therefor, may be synthesized via a variety of different synthetic routes using commercially available starting materials and/or starting materials prepared by conventional synthetic methods. Suitable exemplary methods that may be routinely used and/or adapted to synthesize active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds can be found in U.S. Patent No. 5,958,935, U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial
No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No.
PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. These active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds can be used as starting materials to synthesize the prodrugs. Specific examples describing the synthesis of phosphate prodrug Compound 4, as well as a synthetic intermediate therefor, are provided in the Examples section. All of the prodrugs described herein may be synthesized by routine adaptation of this method.
[0141] For example, some embodiments of prodrugs according to structural formula (I) and/or (Ia) can be prepared by reacting the corresponding active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine (i.e., compounds according to structural formulae (I) and/or (Ia) in which each Rp is hydrogen) with an aldehyde or a ketone to give an α-hydroxymethyl amine, which can then be reacted with an electrophile to yield a prodrug. An exemplary synthesis of this type is illustrated in Scheme (I), below:
Figure imgf000053_0001
[0142] In Scheme (I), Y1, Z1, Z2, R2, R5, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are as defined for structural formula (I) or (Ia). R3 and Rd are as defined in the text, supra. According to Scheme (I), active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine 10 is reacted with ketone 12 to yield a mixture of four products: unreacted starting material 10 (not illustrated) and compounds 14a, 14b and 14c. At this stage, the products can be isolated from one another using standard chromatographic techniques. Reaction with electropholic R3 yields prodrugs 15a, 15b and 15c.
[0143] As illustrated above, α-hydroxymethylamines 14a, 14b and 14c can be converted into a variety of different types of prodrugs 15a, 15b and 15c. For example, the α-hydroxymethylamines can be reacted with an alcohol in the presence of a strong acid catalyst, or a carbon-bearing halide (e.g., CH3Br), to yield the corresponding ether derivatives (e.g., compounds in which R3 is Rf, where Rf is as previously defined).
[0144] Reacting α-hydroxymethylamines 14a, 14b and 14c with a carboxylic acid in the presence of a strong acid catalyst or a carboxylic acid anhydride or a carboxylic acid halide (e.g. with an appropriate acid scavenger) yields the corresponding ester derivatives (e.g., compounds in which R is -C(O)R , where R is as defined above).
[0145] Reaction of α-hydroxymethylamines 14a, 14b and 14c with a haloformate ester (e.g., C1-C(O)OCH3) yields the corresponding carbonate derivatives (e.g., compounds in which R3 is -C(O)ORf, where Rf is as previously defined).
[0146] Reaction of α-hydroxymethylamines 14a, 14b and 14c with a haloformamide (e.g., C1-C(O)N(CH3)2) yields the corresponding carbamate or urethane derivatives (e.g., compounds in which R is -C(O)NR R , where R is as previously defined).
[0147] As will be recognized by skilled artisans, other hydroxyl protecting groups could also be used, including, for example, the various different hydroxyl protecting groups described in Green & Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, " 2d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New York, pp. 10-142, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0148] Alternatively, prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia) can be synthesized by nucleophilic substitution of the corresponding phosphate esters. An example of this synthetic route is illustrated in Scheme (II), below:
Figure imgf000055_0001
[0149] According to Scheme (II), active 2,4-ρyrimidinediamine 10 is reacted with di-tert- butyl chloromethylphosphate 13 in the presence of cesium carbonate to yield a mixture of four products: unreacted starting material 10 (not illustrated) and phosphate esters 17a, 17b and 17c, which are themselves prodrugs as described herein. When R2 is 3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl phosphate ester 17a is the major product. Reaction of this phosphate ester 17a with R3-AH (where A is O, S, or NR50), yields prodrug 19. The minor phosphate esters 17b and 17c can be similarly reacted to yield the corresponding prodrugs.
[0150] Di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate 13 can be prepared from di-tert-butyl phosphate as illustrated in Scheme (III), below:
Figure imgf000056_0001
[01 According to Scheme (III), di-tert-butyl phosphate 9 is obtained from the corresponding di-tert-butyl phosphite 7 as described in Krise et al, 1990, J. Med. Chem. 42:3793-3794. Reaction of phosphate 9 with chloromethyl chlorosulfate 11 (available from Synergetica, Inc., Sicklerville, NJ 08081) as described in Mantyla et al, 2002, Tet. Lett.
43:3793-3794 yields di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate 13, which can be used in Scheme (II), above, crude without purification.
[0152] Although the Schemes illustrated above depict the synthesis of prodrugs that include a single progroup, prodrugs having a plurality of progroups could be obtained by adjusting the number of equivalents of reagent 12 or 13 used.
[0153] As another alternative to Scheme (I), hydroxymethylamine 14a can be prepared in a two-step process by first reacting active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine 10 with a bis functional electrophile, such as, for example, chloro-iodomethane (1-CH2Cl), to yield a chloro-methyl intermediate, which can then be hydroxylated by reaction with basic hydroxide or reacted with various nucleophilic reagents such as alkoxides, amines or sulfide to make Rp. Specific conditions for carrying out reactions of this type that can be used to synthesize the prodrugs described herein, for example, in Bansal et al, 1981, J. Pharm. Sci. 70(8):850-854 and Bansal et al, 1981, J. Pharm. Sci. 70(8):855-857, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0154] An exemplary synthetic route that can be used to synthesize an exemplary phosphate prodrug 16 according to structural formula (Ia) is illustrated in Scheme (IV), below. This method may be routinely adapted to synthesize the full range of phosphate prodrugs described herein.
Figure imgf000058_0001
[0155] In Scheme (IV), Y1, Z1, Z2, R2, R5, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are as defined for structural formula (I) or (Ia). According to Scheme (IV), active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine 10 is reacted with di-tert-butyl chloromethylphosphate 13 in the presence of cesium carbonate to yield a mixture of four products: unreacted starting material 10 (not illustrated) and compounds 17a, 17b and 17c. When R2 is 3,4,5-trimethyoxyphenyl, compound 17a is the major product. At this stage, the major product can be isolated from the minor products using standard chromatographic techniques. Removal of the tert-butyl groups yields a mixture of desired product 16 and impurities 18 and 10. The desired product 16 can be isolated using standard techniques. [0156] An alternative method of obtaining phosphate prodrug 16 is illustrated in Scheme (V); below.
Figure imgf000060_0001
[0157] According to Scheme (V), the reaction of active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine 10 again yields a mixture of four products: unreacted pyrimidinediamine 10 (not illustrated) major product 17a and minor products 17b and 17c. Major product 17a can be isolated via crystallization (see the Examples section for suitable conditions), dissolved in a mixture of acetic acid and water (4:1 AcOH:H2O) and heated to 65°C for approximately 3 hr to yield phosphate prodrug 16 as the major product.
[0158] Although Schemes (IV) and (V) illustrate the synthesis of a phosphate prodrug in which the phosphate progroup is -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2, skilled artisans will appreciate that phosphate prodrugs including other phosphate progroups could be readily obtained according to the same methods by using the appropriate reagent 13. Phosphate ester prodrugs, phosphite prodrugs and phosphite ester prodrugs can also be synthesized via routine adaptation of the methods using the appropriate phosphate ester, phosphite and phosphite ester halides 13. Exemplary methods for synthesizing cyclic phosphate ester prodrugs, which can be used as prodrugs in the various methods described herein, or converted into phosphate prodrugs, are illustrated in FIG. 3. Moreover, while Schemes (I) and (III) depict compound 16 as being the desired product, prodrugs having progroups at other positions within the prodrug molecule could be readily obtained by isolating, for example minor product 17a or 17b and/or by adjusting the number of equivalents of reagent 13 used.
[0159] Referring to FIG. 3, diols 21 are converted to the corresponding cyclic phosphates 23 using literature procedures as depicted. Cyclic phosphates 23 are converted to the corresponding chloromethyl phosphate esters 25 in any of the three ways depicted. Compound 1 is converted to cyclic phosphate ester derivatives 27, 29, and 31, via addition of 25 under conditions as previously described for the synthesis of compounds 17a-c. Cyclic phosphate ester derivatives 27, 29, and 31, are converted to the corresponding phosphate derivatives via treatment under acidic conditions as described for the synthesis of compound 16, or via hydrogenation using, for example, palladium catalyst.
[0160] Skilled artisans will recognize that in some instances, the active 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compounds used as starting materials may include functional groups that require protection during synthesis. The exact identity of any protecting group(s) used will depend upon the identity of the functional group being protected, and will be apparent to these of skill in the art. Guidance for selecting appropriate protecting groups, as well as synthetic strategies for their attachment and removal, may be found, for example, in Greene & Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1999) and the references cited therein (hereinafter "Greene & Wuts").
6.4 Inhibition of Fc Receptor Signal Cascades [0161] Many of the prodrugs described herein, and in particular the prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia), metabolize to active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that inhibit Fc receptor signaling cascades that lead to, among other things, degranulation of cells. As a specific example, these active compounds inhibit the FcεRI and/or FcγRI signal cascades that lead to degranulation of immune cells such as neutrophil, eosinophil, mast and/or basophil cells. Both mast and basophil cells play a central role in allergen-induced disorders, including, for example, allergic rhinitis and asthma. Upon exposure allergens, which may be, among other things, pollen or parasites, allergen-specific IgE antibodies are synthesized by B-cells activated by IL-4 (or IL- 13) and other messengers to switch to IgE class specific antibody synthesis. These allergen-specific IgEs bind to the high affinity FcεRI. Upon binding of antigen, the FcεRI -bound IgEs are cross-1inked and the IgE receptor signal transduction pathway is activated, which leads to degranulation of the cells and consequent release and/or synthesis of a host of chemical mediators, including histamine, proteases (e.g., tryptase and chymase), lipid mediators such as leukotrienes (e.g., LTC4), platelet-activating factor (PAF) and prostaglandins (e.g., PGD2) and a series of cytokines, including TNF-α, IL-4, IL-13, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8, GMCSF, VEGF and TGF-β. The release and/or synthesis of these mediators from mast and/or basophil cells accounts for the early and late stage responses induced by allergens, and is directly linked to downstream events that lead to a sustained inflammatory state.
[0162] The molecular events in the FcεRI signal transduction pathway that lead to release of preformed mediators via degranulation and release and/or synthesis of other chemical mediators are wel1-known. The FcεRI is a heterotetrameric receptor composed of an IgE- binding alpha-subunit, a beta subunit, and two gamma subunits (gamma homodimer). Cross- linking of FcεRI-bound IgE by multivalent binding agents (including, for example IgE- specific allergens or anti-IgE antibodies or fragments) induces the rapid association and activation of the Src-related kinase Lyn. Lyn phosphorylates immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs (ITAMS) on the intracellular beta and gamma subunits, which leads to the recruitment of additional Lyn to the beta subunit and Syk kinase to the gamma homodimer. These receptor-associated kinases, which are activated by intra- and intermolecular phosphorylation, phosphorylate other components of the pathway, such as the Btk kinase, LAT, and phospholipase C-gamma PLC-gamma). Activated PLC-gamma initiates pathways that lead to protein kinase C activation and Ca2+ mobilization, both of which are required for degranulation. FcεRl cross-1inking also activates the three major classes of mitogen activated protein (MAP) kinases, i.e. ERK1/2, JNK1/2, and p38. Activation of these pathways is important in the transcriptional regulation of proinflammatory mediators, such as TNF-α and IL-6, as well as the lipid mediator leukotriene C4 (LTC4).
[0163] The FcγRI signaling cascade is believed to share some common elements with the FceRI signaling cascade. Importantly, like FcεRI, the FcγRI includes a gamma homodimer that is phosphorylated and recruits Syk, and like FcεRI, activation of the FcγRI signaling cascade leads to, among other things, degranulation. Other Fc receptors that share the gamma homodimer, and which can be regulated by the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds include, but are not limited to, FcαRI and FcγRIII.
[0164] In vitro and cellular assays suitable for confirming the activity of a particular 2,4- pyrimidinediamine compound are described in detail in U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31 , 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S . application Serial No.
10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No.
PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( )• [0165] The ability of a particular prodrug to metabolize to an active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound under the desired conditions of use can be confirmed in in vitro and/or in vivo assays, as previously described.
6.5 Uses and Compositions
[0166] As previously discussed, the prodrugs described herein, such as the prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia) metabolize when administered to animals and humans into active compounds that inhibit Fc receptor signaling cascades, especially those Fc receptors including a gamma homodimer, such as the FcεRI and/or FcγRI signaling cascades, that lead to, among other things, the release and/or synthesis of chemical mediators from cells, either via degranulation or other processes. As also discussed, the active compounds are also potent inhibitors of Syk kinase. As a consequence of these activities, prodrugs of these active compounds may be used in a variety of in vitro, in vivo and ex vivo contexts to regulate or inhibit Syk kinase, signaling cascades in which Syk kinase plays a role, Fc receptor signaling cascades, and the biological responses effected by such signaling cascades. For example, in one embodiment, the prodrugs may be used to inhibit Syk kinase, either in vitro or in vivo, in virtually any cell type expressing Syk kinase. They may also be used to regulate signal transduction cascades in which Syk kinase plays a role. Such Syk-dependent signal transduction cascades include, but are not limited to, the FcεRI, FcγRI, FcγRIII, BCR and integrin signal transduction cascades. The prodrugs may also be used in vitro or in vivo to regulate, and in particular inhibit, cellular or biological responses effected by such Syk- dependent signal transduction cascades. Such cellular or biological responses include, but are not limited to, respiratory burst, cellular adhesion, cellular degranulation, cell spreading, cell migration, cell aggregation, phagocytosis, cytokine synthesis and release, cell maturation and Ca2+ flux. Importantly, the prodrugs may be used to inhibit Syk kinase in vivo as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases mediated, either wholly or in part, by a Syk kinase activity. Non-1imiting examples of Syk kinase mediated diseases that may be treated or prevented with the prodrugs are those discussed in more detail, below.
[0167] In another embodiment, the prodrugs may be used to regulate or inhibit the Fc receptor signaling cascades and/or FcεRI- and/or FcγRI-mediated degranulation as a therapeutic approach towards the treatment or prevention of diseases characterized by, caused by and/or associated with the release or synthesis of chemical mediators of such Fc receptor signaling cascades or degranulation. Such treatments may be administered to animals in veterinary contexts or to humans. Diseases that are characterized by, caused by or associated with such mediator release, synthesis or degranulation, and that can therefore be treated or prevented with the active compounds include, by way of example and not limitation, atopy or anaphylactic hypersensitivity or allergic reactions, allergies (e.g., allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, atopic asthma, atopic dermatitis and food allergies), low grade scarring (e.g., of scleroderma, increased fibrosis, keloids, post-surgical scars, pulmonary fibrosis, vascular spasms, migraine, reperfusion injury and post myocardial infarction), diseases associated with tissue destruction (e.g., of COPD, cardiobronchitis and post myocardial infarction), diseases associated with tissue inflammation (e.g., irritable bowel syndrome, spastic colon and inflammatory bowel disease), inflammation and scarring. [0168] Recent studies have shown that activation of platelets by collagen is mediated through the same pathway used by immune receptors, with an immunoreceptor tyronsine kinase motif on the FcRγ playing a pivotal role (Watson & Gibbons, 1998, Immunol. Today 19:260-264), and also that FcRγ plays a pivotal role in the generation of neointimal hyperplasia following balloon injury in mice, most likely through collagen-induced activation of platelets and leukocyte recruitment (Konishi et al., 2002, Circulation 105:912-916). Thus, the prodrugs described herein can also be used to inhibit collagen-induced platelet activation and to treat or prevent diseases associated with or caused by such platelet activation, such as, for example, intimal hyperplasia and restenosis following vascular injury.
[0169] In addition to the myriad diseases discussed above, cellular and animal empirical data confirm that the active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds described in U.S. application
Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial
No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716
( ) are also useful for the treatment or prevention of autoimmune diseases, as well as the various symptoms associated with such diseases. Thus, prodrugs of these active compounds are useful for treating or preventing such diseases and/or symptoms. The types of autoimmune diseases that may be treated or prevented with such prodrugs generally include those disorders involving tissue injury that occurs as a result of a humoral and/or cel1- mediated response to immunogens or antigens of endogenous and/or exogenous origin. Such diseases are frequently referred to as diseases involving the nonanaphylactic (i.e., Type II, Type III and/or Type IV) hypersensitivity reactions.
[0170] As discussed previously, Type I hypersensitivity reactions generally result from the release of pharmacologically active substances, such as histamine, from mast and/or basophil cells following contact with a specific exogenous antigen. As mentioned above, such Type I reactions play a role in numerous diseases, including allergic asthma, allergic rhinitis, etc. [0171] Type II hypersensitivity reactions (also referred to as cytotoxic, cytolytic complement-dependent or cel1-stimulating hypersensitivity reactions) result when immunoglobulins react with antigenic components of cells or tissue, or with an antigen or hapten that has become intimately coupled to cells or tissue. Diseases that are commonly associated with Type II hypersensitivity reactions include, but are not limited, to autoimmune hemolytic anemia, erythroblastosis fetalis and Goodpasture's disease.
[0172] Type III hypersensitivity reactions, (also referred to as toxic complex, soluble complex, or immune complex hypersensitivity reactions) result from the deposition of soluble circulating antigen-immunoglobulin complexes in vessels or in tissues, with accompanying acute inflammatory reactions at the site of immune complex deposition. Non-1imiting examples of prototypical Type III reaction diseases include the Arthus reaction, rheumatoid arthritis, serum sickness, systemic lupus erythematosis, certain types of glomerulonephritis, multiple sclerosis and bullous pemphingoid.
[0173] Type IV hypersensitivity reactions (frequently called cellular, cel1-mediated, delayed, or tuberculin-type hypersensitivity reactions) are caused by sensitized T-1ymphocytes which result from contact with a specific antigen. Non-1imiting examples of diseases cited as involving Type IV reactions are contact dermatitis and allograft rejection.
[0174] Autoimmune diseases associated with any of the above nonanaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions may be treated or prevented with the prodrugs according to structural formulae (I) and (Ia). In particular, the methods may be used to treat or prevent those autoimmune diseases frequently characterized as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders including, but not limited to: Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune atrophic gastritis of pernicious anemia, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune orchitis, Goodpasture's disease, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, sympathetic ophthalmia, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, chronic aggressive hepatitis, ulcerative colitis and membranous glomerulopathy, as well as those autoimmune diseases frequently characterized as involving systemic autoimmune disorder, which include but are not limited to: systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), rheumatoid arthritis, Sjogren's syndrome, Reiter's syndrome, polymyositis-dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, polyarteritis nodosa, multiple sclerosis and bullous pemphigoid. [0175] It will be appreciated by skilled artisans that many of the above-1isted autoimmune diseases are associated with severe symptoms, the amelioration of which provides significant therapeutic benefit even in instances where the underlying autoimmune disease may not be ameliorated. Many of these symptoms, as well as their underlying disease states, result as a consequence of activating the FcγR signaling cascade in monocyte cells. As the prodrugs of structural formulae (I) and (Ia) metabolize to 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds that are potent inhibitors of such FcγR signaling in monocytes and other cells, the methods find use in the treatment and/or prevention of myriad adverse symptoms associated with the above-1isted autoimmune diseases. [0176] As a specific example, rheumatoid arthritis (RA) typically results in swelling, pain, loss of motion and tenderness of target joints throughout the body. RA is characterized by chronically inflamed synovium that is densely crowded with lymphocytes. The synovial membrane, which is typically one cell layer thick, becomes intensely cellular and assumes a form similar to lymphoid tissue, including dendritic cells, T-, B- and NK cells, macrophages and clusters of plasma cells. This process, as well as a plethora of immunopathological mechanisms including the formation of antigen-immunoglobulin complexes, eventually result in destruction of the integrity of the joint, resulting in deformity, permanent loss of function and/or bone erosion at or near the joint. The methods may be used to treat or ameliorate any one, several or all of these symptoms of RA. Thus, in the context of RA, the methods are considered to provide therapeutic benefit (discussed more generally, infra) when a reduction or amelioration of any of the symptoms commonly associated with RA is achieved, regardless of whether the treatment results in a concomitant treatment of the underlying RA and/or a reduction in the amount of circulating rheumatoid factor ("RF").
[0177] The American College of Rheumatology (ACR) has developed criteria for defining improvement and clinical remission in RA. Once such parameter, the ACR20 (ACR criteria for 20% clinical improvement), requires a 20% improvement in the tender and swollen joint count, as well as a 20% improvement in 3 of the following 5 parameters: patient's global assessment, physician's global assessment, patient's assessment of pain, degree of disability, and level of acute phase reactant. These criteria have been expanded for 50% and 70% improvement in ACR50 and ACR70, respectively. Other criteria includes Paulu's criteria and radiographic progression (e.g. Sharp score). [0178] In some embodiments, therapeutic benefit in patients suffering from RA is achieved when the patient exhibits an ARC20. In specific embodiments, ARCs of ARC50 or even ARC70 may be achieved.
[0179] Systemic lupus erythematosis ("SLE") is typically associated with symptoms such as fever, joint pain (arthralgias), arthritis, and serositis (pleurisy or pericarditis). In the context of SLE, the methods are considered to provide therapeutic benefit when a reduction or amelioration of any of the symptoms commonly associated with SLE are achieved, regardless of whether the treatment results in a concomitant treatment of the underlying SLE.
[0180] Multiple sclerosis ("MS") cripples the patient by disturbing visual acuity; stimulating double vision; disturbing motor functions affecting walking and use of the hands; producing bowel and bladder incontinence; spasticity; and sensory deficits (touch, pain and temperature sensitivity). In the context of MS, the methods are considered to provide therapeutic benefit when an improvement or a reduction in the progression of any one or more of the crippling effects commonly associated with MS is achieved, regardless of whether the treatment results in a concomitant treatment of the underlying MS .
[0181] When used to treat or prevent such diseases, the prodrugs described herein may be administered singly, as mixtures of one or more prodrugs or in mixture or combination with other agents useful for treating such diseases and/or the symptoms associated with such diseases. The prodrugs may also be administered in mixture or in combination with agents useful to treat other disorders or maladies, such as steroids, membrane stabilizers, 5LO inhibitors, leukotriene synthesis and receptor inhibitors, inhibitors of IgE isotype switching or IgE synthesis, IgG isotype switching or IgG synthesis, β-agonists, tryptase inhibitors, aspirin, COX inhibitors, methotrexate, anti-TNF drugs, retuxin, PD4 inhibitors, p38 inhibitors, PDE4 inhibitors, and antihistamines, to name a few. The prodrugs may be administered in the form of compounds per se, or as pharmaceutical compositions comprising a prodrug.
[0182] Pharmaceutical compositions comprising the prodrug(s) may be manufactured by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or lyophilization processes. The compositions may be formulated in conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients or auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the prodrugs into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. [0183] The prodrug may be formulated in the pharmaceutical composition per se, or in the form of a hydrate, solvate, N-oxide or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, as previously described. Typically, such salts are more soluble in aqueous solutions than the corresponding free acids and bases, but salts having lower solubility than the corresponding free acids and bases may also be formed.
[0184] Pharmaceutical compositions may take a form suitable for virtually any mode of administration, including, for example, topical, ocular, oral, buccal, systemic, nasal, injection, transdermal, rectal, vaginal, etc., or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation. [0185] For topical administration, the prodrug(s) may be formulated as solutions, gels, ointments, creams, suspensions, etc. as are wel1-known in the art.
[0186] Systemic formulations include those designed for administration by injection, e.g., subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal or intraperitoneal injection, as well as those designed for transdermal, transmucosal oral or pulmonary administration. [0187] Useful injectable preparations include sterile suspensions, solutions or emulsions of the active compound(s) in aqueous or oily vehicles. The compositions may also contain formulating agents, such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agent. The formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampules or in multidose containers, and may contain added preservatives. [0188] Alternatively, the injectable formulation may be provided in powder form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle, including but not limited to sterile pyrogen free water, buffer, dextrose solution, etc., before use. To this end, the active compound(s) may be dried by any art-known technique, such as lyophilization, and reconstituted prior to use.
[0189] For transmucosal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are known in the art.
[0190] For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, lozenges, tablets or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e.g., pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e.g., lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate); lubricants (e.g., magnesium stearate, talc or silica); disintegrants (e.g., potato starch or sodium starch glycolate); or wetting agents (e.g., sodium lauryl sulfate). The tablets may be coated by methods well known in the art with, for example, sugars, films or enteric coatings. Phosphate prodrugs in which the progroup(s) is of the formula -(CRdRd)yO-P(O)(OH)2, where each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl and y is 1 or 2 and that exhibit a water-solubility in the range of about 0.1 to 1000 mg/ml at physiological pH are especially suited for oral administration via tablets and capsules. When administered t Sprague-Dawley rats orally from capsules, prodrug Compound 4 exhibits a bioavailability of drug Compound 1 of about 30% (see FIG. 5), with absorption being nearly identical to that of active drug Compound 1 (see FIG. 6). Other phosphate prodrugs having water-solubility properties similar to those of prodrug Compound 4 are expected to exhibit similar pharmacokinetic properties.
[0191] A specific exemplary tablet formulation for prodrug Compound 4 (as well as other phosphate-containing prodrugs) contains about 50-400 mg prodrug compound (or a salt thereof), about 0.05 to 0.5 wt% colloidal silicon dioxide, about 0.5 to 5.0 wt% croscarmellose sodium, about 0.25 to 5.0 wt% magnesium stearate and about 20 to 80 wt% microcrystalline cellulose. If desired, the tablets can be coated with a film, such as a hypromellose film carboxymethyl cellulose or fructose, which can optionally contain coloring agents, such as for example FD&C blue #1, PD&C green #3, FD&C yellow #6 and titanium dioxide. [0192] Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, elixirs, solutions, syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, cellulose derivatives or hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin or acacia); non-aqueous vehicles (e.g., almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, cremophore™ or fractionated vegetable oils); and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propy1-p-hydroxybenzoates or sorbic acid). The preparations may also contain buffer salts, preservatives, flavoring, coloring and sweetening agents as appropriate.
[0193] Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the prodrug, as is well known. [0194] For buccal administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner.
[0195] For rectal and vaginal routes of administration, the prodrug(s) may be formulated as solutions (for retention enemas) suppositories or ointments containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides.
[0196] For nasal administration or administration by inhalation or insufflation, the prodrug(s) can be conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressurized packs or a nebulizer with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, fluorocarbons, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator (for example capsules and cartridges comprised of gelatin) may be formulated containing a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. [0197] For ocular administration, the prodrug(s) may be formulated as a solution, emulsion, suspension, etc. suitable for administration to the eye. A variety of vehicles suitable for administering compounds to the eye are known in the art. Specific non-1imiting examples are described in U.S. Patent No. 6,261,547; U.S. Patent No. 6,197,934; U.S. Patent No. 6,056,950; U.S. Patent No. 5,800,807; U.S. Patent No. 5,776,445; U.S. Patent No. 5,698,219; U.S. Patent No. 5,521,222; U.S. Patent No. 5,403,841; U.S. Patent No. 5,077,033; U.S. Patent No. 4,882,150; and U.S. Patent No. 4,738,851.
[0198] For prolonged delivery, the ρrodrug(s) can be formulated as a depot preparation for administration by implantation or intramuscular injection. The prodrug(s) may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (e.g., as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, e.g., as a sparingly soluble salt. Alternatively, transdermal delivery systems manufactured as an adhesive disc or patch which slowly releases the prodrug(s) for percutaneous absorption may be used. To this end, permeation enhancers may be used to facilitate transdermal penetration of the prodrug(s). Suitable transdermal patches are described in for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,407,713.; U.S. Patent No. 5,352,456; U.S. Patent No. 5,332,213; U.S. Patent No. 5,336,168; U.S. Patent No. 5,290,561; U.S. Patent No. 5,254,346; U.S. Patent No. 5,164,189; U.S. Patent No. 5,163,899; U.S. Patent No. 5,088,977; U.S. Patent No. 5,087,240; U.S. Patent No. 5,008,110; and U.S. Patent No. 4,921,475.
[0199] Alternatively, other pharmaceutical delivery systems may be employed. Liposomes and emulsions are wel1-known examples of delivery vehicles that may be used to deliver prodrug(s). Certain organic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) may also be employed, although usually at the cost of greater toxicity. '
[0200] The pharmaceutical compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the prodrug(s). The pack may, for example, comprise metal or plastic foil, such as a blister pack. The pack or dispenser device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
6.6 Effective Dosages
[0201] The prodrug(s) described herein, or compositions thereof, will generally be used in an amount effective to achieve the intended result, for example in an amount effective to treat or prevent the particular disease being treated. The prodrag(s) may be administered therapeutically to achieve therapeutic benefit or prophylactically to achieve prophylactic benefit. By therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated and/or eradication or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that the patient reports an improvement in feeling or condition, notwithstanding that the patient may still be afflicted with the underlying disorder. For example, administration of a compound to a patient suffering from an allergy provides therapeutic benefit not only when the underlying allergic response is eradicated or ameliorated, but also when the patient reports a decrease in the severity or duration of the symptoms associated with the allergy following exposure to the allergen. As another example, therapeutic benefit in the context of asthma includes an improvement in respiration following the onset of an asthmatic attack, or a reduction in the frequency or severity of asthmatic episodes. Therapeutic benefit in the context of RA also includes the ACR20, or ACR50 or ACR70, as previously described. Therapeutic benefit also generally includes halting or slowing the progression of the disease, regardless of whether improvement is realized. [0202] For prophylactic administration, the prodrug(s) may be administered to a patient at risk of developing one of the previously described diseases. For example, if it is unknown whether a patient is allergic to a particular drug, the prodrug(s) may be administered prior to administration of the drug to avoid or ameliorate an allergic response to the drug. Alternatively, prophylactic administration may be applied to avoid the onset of symptoms in a patient diagnosed with the underlying disorder. For example, the prodrug(s) may be administered to an allergy sufferer prior to expected exposure to the allergen. Prodrug(s) may also be administered prophylactically to healthy individuals who are repeatedly exposed to agents known to one of the above-described maladies to prevent the onset of the disorder. For example, prodrug(s) may be administered to a healthy individual who is repeatedly exposed to an allergen known to induce allergies, such as latex, in an effort to prevent the individual from developing an allergy. Alternatively, prodrug(s) may be administered to a patient suffering from asthma prior to partaking in activities which trigger asthma attacks to lessen the severity of, or avoid altogether, an asthmatic episode. [0203] The amount of prodrug(s) administered will depend upon a variety of factors, including, for example, the particular indication being treated, the mode of administration, whether the desired benefit is prophylactic or therapeutic, the severity of the indication being treated and the age and weight of the patient, the bioavailability of the particular prodrug(s) the conversation rate and efficiency into active drug compound under the selected route of administration, etc. Determination of an effective dosage of prodrug(s) for a particular use and mode of administration is well within the capabilities of those skilled in the art.
[0204] Effective dosages may be estimated initially from in vitro activity and metabolism assays. For example, an initial dosage of prodrug for use in animals may be formulated to achieve a circulating blood or serum concentration of the metabolite active compound that is at or above an IC5O of the particular compound as measured in as in vitro assay, such as the in vitro CHMC or BMMC and other in vitro assays described in U.S. application Serial No.
10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No.
PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No.
10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382), U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30,
2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ). Calculating dosages to achieve such circulating blood or serum concentrations taking into account the bioavailability of the particular prodrug via the desired route of administration is well within the capabilities of skilled artisans. For guidance, the reader is referred to Fingl & Woodbury, "General Principles," In: Goodman and Gilman 's The Pharmaceutical Basis of Therapeutics, Chapter 1, pp. 1-46, latest edition, Pagamonon Press, and the references cited therein.
[0205] Initial dosages of prodrug can also be estimated from in vivo data, such as animal models. Animal models useful for testing the efficacy of the active metabolites to treat or prevent the various diseases described above are wel1-known in the art. Suitable animal models of hypersensitivity or allergic reactions are described in Foster, 1995, Allergy 50(21Suppl):6-9, discussion 34-38 and Tumas et al, 2001, J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 107(6):1025-1033. Suitable animal models of allergic rhinitis are described in Szelenyi et al, 2000, Arzneimittelforschung 50(11):1037-42; Kawaguchi et al, 1994, Clin. Exp. Allergy 24(3):238-244 and Sugimoto et al, 2000, Immunopharmacology 48(l):1-7. Suitable animal models of allergic conjunctivitis are described in Carreras et al, 1993, Br. J. Ophthalmol. 77(8):509-514; Saiga et al, 1992, Ophthalmic Res. 24(l):45-50; and Kunert et al, 2001, Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 42(l l):2483-2489. Suitable animal models of systemic mastocytosis are described in O'Keefe et al, 1987, J. Vet. Intern. Med. l(2):75-80 and Bean- Knudsen et al, 1989, Vet. Pathol. 26(l):90-92. Suitable animal models of hyper IgE syndrome are described in Claman et al, 1990, Clin. Immunol. Immunopathol. 56(l):46-53. Suitable animal models of B-cell lymphoma are described in Hough et al, 1998, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:13853-13858 and Hakim et al, 1996, J. Immunol. 157(12):5503-5511. Suitable animal models of atopic disorders such as atopic dermatitis, atopic eczema and atopic asthma are described in Chan et al, 2001, J. Invest. Dermatol. 117(4):977-983 and Suto et al, 1999, Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 120(Suppl l):70-75. Animal models suitable for testing the bioavailability and/or metabolism of prodrugs into active metabolites are also wel1-known. Ordinarily skilled artisans can routinely adapt such information to determine dosages of particular prodrugs suitable for human administration. Additional suitable animal models are described in the Examples section. [0206] Dosage amounts will typically be in the range of from about 0.0001 mg/kg/day, 0.001 mg/kg/day or 0.01 mg/kg/day to about 100 mg/kg/day, but may be higher or lower, depending upon, among other factors, the activity of the active metabolite compound, the bioavailability of the prodrug, its metabolism kinetics and other pharmacokinetic properties, the mode of administration and various other factors, discussed above. Dosage amount and interval may be adjusted individually to provide plasma levels of the prodrug(s) and/or active metabolite compound(s) which are sufficient to maintain therapeutic or prophylactic effect. For example, the prodrugs may be administered once per week, several times per week (e.g., every other day), once per day or multiple times per day, depending upon, among other things, the mode of administration, the specific indication being treated and the judgment of the prescribing physician. In cases of local administration or selective uptake, such as local topical administration, the effective local concentration of prodrug(s) and/or active metabolite compound(s) may not be related to plasma concentration. Skilled artisans will be able to optimize effective local dosages without undue experimentation.
[0207] Preferably, the prodrugs will metabolize into active compound(s) that will provide therapeutic or prophylactic benefit without causing substantial toxicity. Toxicity of the active and other metabolites, as well as the unmetabolized prodrug may be determined using standard pharmaceutical procedures. The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic (or prophylactic) effect is the therapeutic index. Prodrug(s) that exhibit high therapeutic indices are preferred.
[0208] The inventions having been described, the following examples are offered by way of illustration and not limitation.
7. EXAMPLES
7.1 Synthesis of Prodrug Compound 4
7.1.1 N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5- pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yI)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyrimidinediamine (Compound 3)
Figure imgf000076_0001
[0209] N4-(2,2-dimethy1-3-oxo-4H-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (1, 1.0 g, 2.12 mmol), Cs2CO3 (1.0 g, 3.07 mmol) and di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate (2, 0.67 g, 2.59 mmol) in acetone (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Progress of the reaction was monitored by LC/MS. Crude reaction mixture displayed three product peaks with close retention times with M++H 693 (minor-1), 693 (major; 3) and 477 (minor-2) besides starting material (Compound 1). Upon stirring the contents for 4 days (70% consumption), the reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with water. The resultant pale yellow precipitate formed was collected by filtration and dried. The crude solid was purified by silica gel (pretreated with 10%NEt3/CH2Cl2 followed by eluting with hexanes) column chromatography by gradient elution with 70% EtOAc / hexanes-100% EtOAc). The fractions containing Compound 1 and M++ H 693 were collected and concentrated. The resulting crude white solid was subjected to repurifϊcation in the similar manner as described previously but by eluting with 30%-50%-75%-100% EtOAc/hexanes. The major product peak with M++H 693 was collected as a white solid (270 mg, 18%) and was characterized as N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5- fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 3). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz),
7.44 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.02 (s, 2H), 5.78 (d, 1H, J3 PH = 6.1 Hz), 3.64 (s, 6H), 3.58 (s, 3H),
1.45 (s, 6H), 1.33 (s, 9H). LCMS: ret. time: 14.70 min.; purity: 95%; MS (m/e): 693 (MH+). 31P NMR (DMSO-d6): -11.36.
7.1.2 N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5- pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyrimidinediamine (Compound 4)
[0210] Trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added dropwise as a neat for 5 min to N4-(2,2- dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl] -3 -oxo-5-pyrido [ 1 ,4] oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro- N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 3, 120 mg, 0.173 mmol ) dissolved in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) at O0C under nitrogen atmosphere. The contents were allowed to stir for 1.5 h. Progress of the reaction mixture was monitored by LC/MS. After complete consumption of the starting material, reaction mixture was concentrated, dried and triturated with ether. The ethereal layer was decanted and dried to provide the crude solid. LC/MS analysis of the crude displayed three peaks with M++H 581, 471 and 501. The peak corresponding to M++H 581 was collected by preparative HPLC chromatographic purification. The fractions were lyophilised and dried to provide 53 mg (52%) of off white fluffy solid and characterized as N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3- oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 4). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.21 (br s, 2H), 8.16 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.93 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.05 (s, 2H), 5.79 (d, 1H, J3 PH = 6.6 Hz), 3.67 (s, 6H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 6H). LCMS: ret. time: 8.52 min.; purity: 95%; MS (m/e): 581 (MH+). 31P NMR (DMSO-d6): -2.17.
7.2 Alternative Synthesis of Prodrug Compound 4
[0211] An alternative method of synthesizing prodrug Compound 4 which alleviates the need for column chromatography and HPLC purification is provided below. 7.2.1 Synthesis of N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro- N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 3)
Figure imgf000078_0001
[0212] N4-(2,2-dimethyl-3-oxo-4H-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamme (Compound 1, 19.73 g, 41.97 mmol), Cs2CO3 (15.04 g, 46.16 mmol) and di-tert-butyl chloromethyl phosphate (13.0 g, 50.38 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. Progress of the reaction was monitored by in process LC/MS. Crude reaction mixture displayed two product peaks (ratio 1 :6.5) with close retention times displaying M++H 693 (minor) and 693 (major) besides starting material (Compound 1). Initial yellow reaction mixture turned to olive green as the reaction progressed. Workup is carried out as follows
1). Upon stirring the contents for 30 h (92% consumption), reaction mixture was poured onto ice-water (400 mL) and stirred the contents by adding brine solution (200 mL). Fine yellow tan solid formed was filtered, washed with water and dried overnight.
2). The solid (35 g) was dissolved in MTBE (500 mL) and washed with water (40OmL). Aqueous layer was extracted with MTBE (2 X 350 mL) till the absence of UV on TLC. Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and decanted. Note: step 2 can be done directly, however, DMF extraction back into solution leads to difficulty in the crystallization step.
3). The dark red clear solution was subjected to 10 g of activated charcoal treatment, heated to boil and filtered. 4). The dark red clear solution was concentrated by normal heating to 400 mL of its volume and left for crystallization. The solid crystallized as granules was filtered, crushed the granules to powder, washed with MTBE (400 mL) and dried under high vacuum. See step 7 for the workup of mother liquor. Weight of the solid: 17 g; purity: 90% (Compound 3), 6.26% (Compound 1), 1.8% (minor M+ 693). 5). At this stage solid was taken in 500 ml of ethylether and heated to boil.
Cooled and filtered to remove undissolved material. Filtrate was concentrated.
6). Above concentrate was subjected to crystallization in MTBE (300 mL). The white solid formed was filtered, washed with MTBE (100 mL) and dried under high vacuum to provide the desired N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3~oxo-5- pyrido[l ,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 3) in 97% purity. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.21 (s, 1H), 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.76 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.44 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.02 (s, 2H), 5.78 (d, 1H, J3 PH = 6.1 Hz), 3.64 (s, 6H), 3.58 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 6H), 1.33 (s, 9H). LCMS: ret. time: 14.70 min.; purity: 95%; MS (m/e): 693 (MH+). 31P NMR (DMSO-d6): -11.36. Weight of the solid: 15.64 g (yield: 55%); purity: 97% (R935787), 3% (Compound 1).
7). Mother liquor was concentrated and steps 5 and 6 were repeated to provide Compound 3.
7.2.2 Synthesis of N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro- N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine
(Compound 4)
[0213] N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[1,4]oxazin- 6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 3); (15.0 g, 21.67 mmol) dissolved in AcOH:H20 (225 mL, 4:1) was heated at 65 °C (oil bath temp). The progress of the reaction was monitored by in process LC/MS. The reaction mixture transformed to faint tan white solid after Ih of heating. At this point most of Compound 3 converted to mono des t-butyl product. After 3h of heating, consumption of SM and complete conversion of intermediate (mono des t-butylated) to product was observed.
[0214] Reaction mixture was cooled, poured onto ice-water (200 mL), stirred for 20 min and filtered. The clear white filter cake was washed with water (600 ml) and acetone (200 mL) successively, dried for 2h followed by drying under high vacuum over P2O5 in a desiccator. Weight of the solid: 12.70 g; purity: 97% (Compound 3) and 3% (Compound 1) 1H NMR indicated acetic acid presence (1:1)
[0215] To remove acetic acid, the solid was taken in acetonitrile (300 mL) and concentrated by rotovap vacuum. This process was repeated 2 times with acetonitrile and toluene (3 X 300 mL). The solid obtained was dried under high vacuum at 50 OC.
[0216] Finally, the solid was taken in acetone (400 mL), filtered and dried to provide N4- (2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5- fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 4). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.21 (br s, 2H), 8.16 (d, 1H, J = 2.6 Hz), 7.93 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.39 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.05 (s, 2H), 5.79 (d, 1H, J3 PH = 6.6 Hz), 3.67 (s, 6H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 6H). LCMS: ret. time: 8.52 min.; purity: 95%; MS (m/e): 581 (MH+). 31P NMR (DMSO-d6): -2.17.
7.3 Synthesis of N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3- oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyrimidinediamine mono calcium salt (Compound 6)
Figure imgf000081_0001
[0217] Aqueous (10 mL) NaHCO3 (0.17 g, 2.02 mmol) solution was added dropwise to a suspension ofN4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5- pyrido[l,4]oxazm-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (0.5 g, 0.86 mmol) in water (5 mL) at room temperature while stirring the contents. The clear solution formed was treated with aqueous (10 mL) CaCl2 (0.11 g in 10 mL water, 0.99 mmol) in a dropwise manner at room temperature. The addition resulted in the precipitation of a white solid from reaction mixture. Upon completion of addition, the contents were stirred for a period of 30 min, filtered, washed with water (40 mL) and dried. The clear white solid was taken in water (30 mL) and heated on a stir plate to boil. The solution was cooled, filtered and dried. The white solid collected and further dried under high vacuo at 80 0C for 32 h to provide 0.41 g (83%) of N4-(2,2-dimethyl-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5- pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine mono calcium salt (Compound 6). 7.4 Synthesis of Prodrug Compound 8
Figure imgf000082_0001
[0218] N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(di-tert-butyl phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin- 6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (prepared as described above) (0.2 g, 0.29 mmol) was added to a mixture of MeOH(5 mL) and Et2O (5 mL). 2N aq. NaOH (0.023 g, 0.58 mmol) was added at once while stirring the contents at room temperature. Progress of the reaction was monitored by LC/MS. After 8h of stirring, the solid precipitated was filtered and dried to provide N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-methoxymethy1-3- oxo-5-pyrido [ 1 ,4] oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3 ,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine (Compound 8) as a white solid (0.11 g, 74%). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.47 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H, J = 3.8 Hz), 7.87 (d, 1H, J - 8.5 Hz), 7.37 (d, 1H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.03 (s, 2H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 6H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 6H). LCMS: ret. time: 12.88 min.; purity: 92%; MS (m/e): 515 (MH+).
7.5 The Active 2,4-Pyrimidinediamine Compounds Are Tolerated In Animals [0219] The ability of numerous biologically active 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds to exert their activity at doses below those exhibiting toxicity in animals has been demonstrated previously (see, e.g., U.S. application Serial No. 10/355,543 filed January 31, 2003 (US2004/0029902A1), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/03022 filed January 31, 2003 (WO 03/063794), U.S. application Serial No. 10/631,029 filed July 29, 2003 ( ), international application Serial No. PCT/US03/24087 (WO2004/014382),
U.S. application Serial No. 10/903,263 filed July 30, 2004 (US2005/0234049), and international application Serial No. PCT/US2004/24716 ( ).
[0220] The safety pharmacology of active Compound 1 has been studied in a core battery of studies (respiratory, CNS, cardiovascular, and HERG). A slight reduction in heart rate and increase in RR interval was noted at 50 mg/kg in the cardiovascular study and a slight effect on a few behavioral parameters at 50 mg/kg was also noted in the CNS (Irwin) study. Otherwise the safety pharmacology studies determined that Compound 1 was well tolerated. GLP toxicology studies included negative mutagenicity and clastogenicity studies (Ames, chromosomal aberration, and mouse micronucleus). In 28-day toxicity studies in rats and monkeys, higher doses had evidence of a reversible effect on hematology, liver transaminase (mild effect in the rat only), spleen and thymus size (rat only) and bone marrow cellularity (rat and monkey). Immunophenotyping in the rat study revealed a significant decrease in the percentage of CD3+ cells in high dose rats while a significant increase in CD45RA+ cells was noted following recovery. Histopathology was noteworthy only for mild reductions in marrow cellularity at high doses. There was no evidence for untoward effects on humoral immunity in the anti-KLH antibody assessment. The No Observed Adverse Effect Level (NOAEL) is 10-30 mg/kg/day for rats and 100 mg/kg/day for monkeys.
7.6 Drug Compound 1 is Biologically Active in In Vitro Assays
[0221] Compound 1 blocks FcεRI-dependent activation of Cord-Blood Derived Primary Human Mast Cells (CHMC) in a dose-dependent manner with an EC50 of approximately 43nM as assessed by measuring the activity of tryptase released upon degranulation. Compound 1 does not inhibit ionomycin-induced degranulation of CHMCs. Ionomycin is a calcium ionophore that induces CHMC degranulation bypassing early FcR signaling, thus indicating that Compound 1 is specific to FcR signaling, and not degranulation per se. Compound 1 also inhibits the FcεRI-dependent production and release of LTC4 (EC50= 39nM) and all cytokines tested (EC50 ranging from 158nM-462nM).
7.7 Drug Compound 1 is Effective in Animal Models of Rheumatoid Arthritis
[0222] The biologic activity of Compound 1 in IC -mediated vascular edema (Arthus reaction in the rat), in collagen antibody-induced arthritis in the mouse, and in a rat model of collagen- induced arthritis.
7.7.1 Arthus Reaction
[0223] IC-mediated acute inflammatory tissue injury is implicated in a variety of human autoimmune diseases, including vasculitis, serum sickness, systemic lupus erythematosus, RA, and glomerulonephritis. The classical experimental model for IC-mediated tissue injury is the Reverse Passive Arthus (RPA) reaction. Intravenous injection of antigen (ovalbumin, OVA) following intradermal injection of antibodies specific to OVA (rabbit anti-OVA IgG) results in perivascular deposition of IC and a rapid inflammatory response characterized by edema, neutrophil infiltration, and hemorrhage at the injection sites (Szalai, et al, 2000, J. Immunol. 164(l):463-468).
[0224] A single oral treatment of rats with Compound 1 one hour prior to antigen/antibody administration reduced the cutaneous RPA reaction and inflammatory edema in a dose- dependent manner. Administration of 10 mg/kg oral Compound 1 inhibited extravascular leakage of Evans blue dye (OD610) from tissue biopsies by 80% compared with vehicle control.
7.7.2 Collagen Antibody-Induced Arthritis
[0225] The anti-inflammatory activity of Compound 1 was evaluated in the mouse collagen antibody-induced arthritis (CAIA) model in which an anti-type II collagen antibody cocktail is applied to induce arthritis (Teroto et al, 1992, J. Immunol. 148(7):2103-2108; McCoy et al, 2002, J. Clin. Invest. 110(5):651-658; Kagari et al, 2002, J. Immunol. 169(3):1459- 1466). This passive model differs from the traditional rodent collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) in that disease symptoms appear quickly (developing within 24-48 hrs after an IV-injection of antibodies), arthritis is inducible in both CIA-susceptible and CIA-resistant mouse strains, and it allows evaluation of inflammation that is independent of antibody production.
[0226] CAIA was induced in Balb/c mice by intravenous injection of Arthrogen-CIA Monoclonal Antibody Blend (Chemicon International, Inc., Temecula, CA) via the tail vein, followed 2 days later by an intraperitoneal injection of LPS. Oral Compound 1 treatment was started within 4 hours of antibody administration (Day 0). The severity of the arthritis in hind-paws was scored daily (scale of 0-4 per paw, sum of scores for both hind paws). By Day 5, both control groups, saline and vehicle, reached their peak clinical score with a disease incidence of 100%.
[0227] Reduced inflammation and swelling was evident in animals treated with Compound 1, and the arthritis progressed more slowly. Treatment with Compound 1 (b.i.d.) significantly reduced clinical arthritis (p < 0.05) compared with animals treated with vehicle only, while lower dose levels of Compound 1 showed a trend toward reduced arthritis severity, disease incidence, and time of onset; however, the differences were not significant (p>0.05).
7.7.3 Collagen-Induced Arthritis [0228] One of the experimental models for IC-mediated tissue injury is the CIA in rodents (Kleinau et al., 2000, J. Exp. Med. 191:1611-1616). Injection of type II collagen (CII) into rodents produces an immune reaction that characteristically involves inflammatory destruction of cartilage and bone of the distal joints with concomitant swelling of surrounding tissues. CIA in rats is commonly used to evaluate compounds that might be of potential use as drugs for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and other chronic inflammatory conditions and is induced in susceptible strains of either mice or rats by injection of CII in incomplete Freund's adjuvant (IFA). Administration of this emulsion gives rise to polyarthritis, characterized by synovial hyperplasia, infiltration of mononuclear cells, pannus formation, and destruction of cartilage and bone. It has been previously well documented that antibodies to CII are a prerequisite for CIA in mice, as B-cell deficient mice do not develop arthritis (Svensson et al, 1998, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 111 :521-526).
[0229] Syngeneic LOU rats were immunized on Day 0 with native chicken CII/IFA. Oral treatment began at the onset of arthritis symptoms (Day 10). A total of 59 rats were treated with either a vehicle control or Compound 1 at one of four dose levels (1, 3, 10, and 30 mg/kg, q.d. by p.o. gavage). Hind limbs were scored daily for clinical arthritis severity using a standardized method based on the degree of joint inflammation. High resolution digital radiographs of hind limbs were obtained at the conclusion of the study (Day 28). These limbs were also analyzed for histopathologic changes. IgG antibodies to native CII were measured in quadruplicate by ELISA. There was a significant reduction (p<0.05) in arthritis severity that was evident within 7 days after initiation of therapy in the high-dose (30 mg/kg) group that continued to improve throughout the study. By Day 28, the clinical score in the animals treated with vehicle alone was 6.08 ± 0.67 compared to 2.54 ± 0.98 in the Compound 1 30 mg/kg group (p< 0.001). Blinded radiographs at study termination (Day 28), demonstrated a significant reduction in joint damage: 3.66 ± 0.71 (vehicle) vs. 1.63 ± 0.67 (Compound 1) (p< 0.02) (E. Brahn. 2004). Blinded composite histopathologic studies confirmed the regression of pannus and erosions: Mean modified Mankin scores were 11.8 ± 0.9 (vehicle) vs. 3.7 ± 0.9 (30 mg/kg Compound 1) (p< 0. 001). Antibodies to native CII were not decreased in Compound 1-treated rats.
7.8 The Prodrug Compounds Are Orally Bioavailable [0230] Prodrug Compound 4 was tested for oral bioavailability. For the study, the prodrug was dissolved in various vehicles (e.g. PEG 400 solution and CMC suspension) for intravenous and oral dosing in the rats. Where indicated, the active metabolite Compound 1 compound (drug) was formulated and administered in the same vehicles. Following administration of the prodrug and/or drug, plasma samples were obtained and extracted. The plasma concentrations of the prodrug and/or drug were determined by high performance liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) methods. Pharmacokinetic analyses were performed based on the plasma concentration data. The pharmacokinetic parameters of interest include Clearance (CL), Volume of distribution at steady-state (Vss), terminal half-1ife (t 1/2), and oral bioavailability (%F). [0231] The results of these various pharmacokinetic experiments are illustrated in FIGS. A- 12.
[0232] Referring to FIG. 4, PK profiles are shown for IV and PO administration in Spraque- Dawley rats. For IV administration, Compound 4 was dissolved in PEG-400 and administered at a dose of 1 mg/kg. Rapid disappearance of prodrug Compound 4 was observed and drug Compound 1 was found in plasma samples obtained from the jugular vein. Given orally in the same vehicle, no prodrug Compound 4 was present systemically, but high levels of drug metabolite Compound 1 were observed.
[0233] FIG. 5 summarizes the PK parameters for the study described in FIG. 4. Prodrug Compound 4 is rapidly cleared and, in part, converted to drug Compound 1. Given orally at a dose of 4 mg/kg, bioavailability was determined to be 29.9%. This bioavailability number is based on data obtained from a previous study (data not shown) in which drug Compound 1 was administered as an IV bolus dose at 1 mg/kg.
[0234] FIG. 6 compares drug Compound 1 exposure in Sprague-Dawley rats following oral administration of either drug Compound 1 (2.5 mg/kg in PEG-400) or prodrug Compound 4 (4 mg/kg in PEG-400). The values for AUC/dose are nearly identical indicating that the prodrug Compound 4 is absorbed equally as well as drug Compound 1.
[0235] FIG. 7 shows a plot of cLogD vs pH calculated using in-situ predictions for both Compound 1 and Compound 4. Compound 1 is highly liphophyllic and only weakly ionizable (measured solubility is less than 1 mcg/ml in phosphate buffer at pH = 7.5, data not shown). In contrast, Compound 4 is highly polar at neutral pH. Measured solubility values are consistent with the predicted cLogD values at pH = 7.5.
[0236] FIG. 8 demonstrates that prodrug Compound 4 is stable under acidic and neutral conditions at 370C. [0237] FIG. 9 illustrates the conversion of prodrug Compound 4 to drug Compound 1 in microsome preparations. Prodrug Compound 4 failed to convert to drug Compound 1 in microsomal preparations obtained from Xenotech. In follow-up studies using intestinal and hepatic microsomes obtained from a different source, conversion of Compound 4 to Compound 1 was observed (data not shown). [0238] FIG. 10 illustrates that prodrug Compound 4 is unstable in rat plasma — hydrolysis to drug Compound 1 is observed and the conversion to Compound 1 is thought to be catalyzed by phosphatase enzymes. The presence of Phosphatase activity in rat plasma was confirmed using p-nitrophenyl phosphate ~ a known substrate for phosphatase.
[0239] FIG. 11 illustrates the absorption of prodrug Compound 4 from different vehicles. Unlike drug Compound 1, absorption of prodrug Compound 4 is not dependent on formulation. Prodrug Compound 4 is absorbed equally well in solution formulations (PEG- 400 and carboxymethylcellulose (CMC)) and as a powder in hard gelatin capsules.
[0240] Based on the pharmacokinetic data, the oral bioavailability (%F) of prodrug Compound 4 from all three vehicles tested (PEG-400 solution; CMC Solution; and powder in capsules) was determined to be approx. 30%.

Claims

What is Claimed Is:
1. A prodrug compound, or a salt, solvate, hydrate or N-oxide thereof, comprising a 2,4-pyrimidinediamine moiety and at least one progroup Rp, said progroup Rp being covalently linked to a primary or secondary amino nitrogen atom of the 2,4- pyrimidinediamine moiety.
2. The prodrug compound of claim 1 which is a compound according to structural formula (I):
Figure imgf000088_0001
including salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof, wherein: Y is selected from CH2, NR24, O, S, S(O) and S(O)2;
Z1 and Z2 are each, independently of one another, selected from CH and N; R is selected from (Cl -C6) alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups, (C3-C8) cycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups, cyclohexyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups, 3-8 membered cycloheteroalkyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups, (C6-C14) aryl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups, phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups and 5-15 membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups;
R5 is selected from halo, fluoro, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl and trifiuoromethyl;
R8 is selected from Ra, Rb, Ra substituted with one or more of the same or different Ra or Rb, -ORa substituted with one or more of the same or different Ra or Rb, -B(ORa)2, -B(NRcRc)2, -(CH2)m-R- b, -(CHRa),m-Rb, -O- (CH2)m-Rb, -S-(CH2)m-Rb, -O-CHRaRb, -O- CRa(Rb)2, -0-(CHRa)m-Rb, -O- (CH2)m-CH [(CH2)mRb]Rb, -S-(CHRa)m-Rb, -C(0)NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -C(O)NH-(CHRVRb, -O-(CH2)m-C(O)NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -S-(CH2)m-C(O)NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -O-(CHRa)m-C(O)NH-(CHRa)m-Rb, -S-(CHRVC(O)NH-(CHRVR1', -NH-(CH2),m-Rb, -NH-(CHRa)m-Rb-, -NH[(CH2)mRb], -N[(CH2)mRb]2, -NH-C(O)-NH-(CH2)m-Rb, -NH-C(O)-(CH2)m-CHRbRb and -NH-(CH2)m-C(O)-NH-(CH2)m-Rb;
R17 is selected from hydrogen, halogen, fluoro, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R17 may be taken together with R18 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R is selected from hydrogen, halogen, fluoro, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R18 may be taken together with R17 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R19 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, and methyl or, alternatively, R19 may be taken together with R20 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms;
R20 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and methyl or, alternatively, R20 may be taken together with R19 to form an oxo (=0) group or, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, a spirocycle containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms; each Ra is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower cycloalkyl, cyclohexyl, (C4-C11) cycloalkylalkyl, (C6-C10) aryl, phenyl, (C7-C16) arylalkyl, benzyl, 2-6 membered heteroalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloheteroalkyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, piperidinyl, 4-11 membered cycloheteroalkylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl and 6-16 membered heteroarylalkyl; each Rb is a suitable group independently selected from =0, -ORa, (C1-C3) haloalkyloxy, =S, -SRa, =NRa, =N0Ra, -NRcRc, halogen, -CF3, -CN, -NC, -OCN, -SCN, -NO, -NO2, =N2, -N3, -S(O)Ra, -S(O)2Ra, -S(O)2ORa, -S(O)NRcRc, -S(O)2NRcRc, -OS(O)Ra, -OS(O)2Ra, -OS(O)2ORa, -OS(O)2NRcRc, -C(O)Ra, -C(0)0Ra, -C(O)NRcRc, -C(NH)NRcRc, -C(NRa)NRcR°, -C(N0H)Ra, -C(NOH)NRcRc, -OC(O)Ra, -OC(O)ORa, -OC(O)NRcRc, -OC(NH)NRcRc, -0C(NRa)NRcR°, -[NHC(0)]nRa, -[NRaC(O)]nR1, -[NHC(0)]n0Ra, -[NRaC(0)]n0Ra, -[NHC(O)]nNRcRc, -[NRaC(0)]nNRcRc, -[NHC(NH)]nNRcRc and -[NRaC(NRa)]nNRcRc; each Rc is, independently of the others, selected from a protecting group and Ra, or, alternatively, the two Rc bonded to the same nitrogen atom are taken together with that nitrogen atom to form a 5 to 8-membered cycloheteroalkyl or heteroaryl which may optionally include one or more of the same or different additional heteroatoms and which may optionally be substituted with one or more of the same or different Ra groups; R21, R22 and R23 are each, independently of one another, selected from hydrogen and a progroup Rp;
R24 is selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl and progroup Rp; each m is, independently of the others, an integer from 1 to 3; and each n is, independently of the others, an integer from 0 to 3, with the proviso that at least one of R21, R22, R23 and R24 is a progroup.
3. The prodrug compound of claim 2 in which R5 is fluoro.
4. The prodrug compound of claim 2 in which R2 is a phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R groups.
5. The prodrug compound of claim 4 in which R2 is 3,4,5-tri(loweralkoxy)phenyl.
6. The prodrug compound of claim 5 in which R2 is 3,4,5-(trimethoxy)phenyl.
7. The prodrug compound of claim 2 in which Y is O, Z1 is CH, Z2 is N, R17 and R18 are each methyl, and R19 and R20 are taken together to form an oxo group.
8. The prodrug compound of claim 7 in which R2 is a phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of the same or different R8 groups.
9. The prodrug compound of claim 8 in which R is 3,4,5-tri(loweralkoxy)phenyl.
10. The prodrug compound of claim 9 in which R2 is 3,4,5-(τrimethoxy)phenyl.
11. The prodrug compound of claim 10 in which only R21 is a progroup Rp.
12. The prodrug compound of claim 11 in which the progroup Rp includes at least one of an ester, a thioester, an ether, a thioether, a silyl ether, a thiosilyl ether, a carbonate, a thiourea, an amide, a thioamide, a carbamate and a urea linkage.
13. The prodrug compound of claim 11 in which the progroup Rp comprises a phosphate group.
14. The prodrug compound of claim 13 in which the progroup Rp has the formula -(CRdRd)y 0-P(O)(OH)2, or a salt thereof, where y is an integer ranging from 1 to 3; each Rd is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted lower alkyl, optionally substituted (C6-C14) aryl and optionally substituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl; where the optional substituents are, independently of one another, selected from hydroxyl, lower alkoxy, (C6-C14) aryloxy, lower alkoxyalkyl, methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxymethyl, ethoxyethyl and halogen, or, alternatively, two Rd bonded to the same carbon atom are taken together with the cabon atom to which they are bonded to form a cycloalkyl group containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
15. The prodrug compound of claim 14 in which the progroup Rp is selected from -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2 and -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OH2) and salts thereof.
16. The prodrug compound of claim 11 in which the progroup Rp comprises a phosphate ester group.
17. The prodrug compound of claim 16 in which the progroup Rp is selected from
O og
-(CRdRd)y-O-P'°Y-Rh
-(CRdRd)y-0-P(0)(0Re)(0H), -(CRdRd)y-O-P(O)(ORe)(ORe), RS Rh and salts thereof, wherein each Re is, independently of the others, selected from substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, 4-1oweralkoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl), substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl (e.g., benzyl, 1-phenylethan-1-yl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl), -(CRdRd)yORf, -(CRdRd)y0-C(0)Rf, -(CRdRd)y0-C(0)0Rf, -(CRdRd)yS-C(O)Rf, -(CRdRd)yS-C(O)ORf, -(CRdRd)yNH-C(0)Rf, -(CRdRd)yNH-C(0)0Rf and -Si(Rd)3, wherein each Rf is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, unsubstituted or substituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl; each Rg is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl; each Rh is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted lower alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted lower cycloheteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted (C6-C14) aryl, substituted or unsubstituted (C7-C20) arylalkyl and substituted or unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl; z is an integer ranging from 0 to 2; and Rd and y are as defined in claim 14.
18. The prodrug compound of claim 11 in which Rp is selected from -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2, -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2, -CH2OH and salts thereof.
19. The prodrug compound of claim 2 which has the structure (III):
'
Figure imgf000092_0001
wherein each R30, R31 and R32 are each, independently of one another, selected from hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, lower alkynyl, (C6-C14) aryl, phenyl, 5-14 membered heteroaryl, (C7-C20) arylalkyl, benzyl, 7-20 membered heteroarylalkyl, -OR, chloro, fluoro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -C(O)R, -C(O)OR, -NRR, -S(O)2NRR, -C(O)NRR, -N(R)S(O)2R and - NC(O)OR, where each R is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and lower alkyl; and Rp is selected from -CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2, -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OH)2, -CH2OH and salts thereof.
20. The prodrug compound of claim 19 in which each R , R and R are each methoxy.
21. A composition comprising a prodrug compound according to claim 1 and an acceptable carrier, excipient and/or diluent.
22. A method of administering to a subject a 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound according to structural formula (IV):
Figure imgf000092_0002
including salts, hydrates, solvates andN-oxides thereof, wherein Z1, Z2, R2, R5, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are as defined in claim 2 and Y2 is selected from CH2, NH, O and S, comprising administering to the subject a prodrug compound according to claim 2.
23. A method of inhibiting cell degranulation in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an amount of a prodrug compound according to claim 2 effective to inhibit degranulation.
24. The method of claim 23 in which the disease is selected from an allergic disease, low grade scarring, a disease associated with tissue destruction, a disease associated with tissue inflammation, inflammation and scarring.
25. The method of claim 23 in which the disease is rheumatoid arthritis.
26. A method of inhibiting an activity of a Syk kinase in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an amount of a prodrug compound according to claim 2 effective to inhibit the Syk kinase activity.
27. A method of inhibiting an Fc receptor signal transduction cascade in a subject, comprising administering to the subject an amount of a prodrug compound according to claim 2 effective to inhibit the Fc receptor signal transduction cascade.
28. The method of claim 27 in which the Fc receptor is selected from FcαRI, FcγRI, FcγRIII and FcεRI.
29. A method of treating or preventing an autoimmune disease in a subject, and/or one or more symptoms associated therewith, comprising administering to the subject an amount of a prodrug compound according to claim 1 effective to treat or prevent the autoimmune disease.
30. The method of claim 29 in which the autoimmune disease is selected from autoimmune diseases that are frequently designated as single organ or single cel1-type autoimmune disorders and autoimmune disease that are frequently designated as involving systemic autoimmune disorder.
31. The method of claim 29 in which the autoimmune disease is selected from Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune atrophic gastritis of pernicious anemia, autoimmune encephalomyelitis, autoimmune orchitis, Goodpasture's disease, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, sympathetic ophthalmia, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, chronic aggressive hepatitis, ulcerative colitis, membranous glomerulopathy, systemic lupus erythematosis, rheumatoid arthritis, Sjogren's syndrome, Reiter's syndrome, polymyositis-dermatomyositis, systemic sclerosis, polyarteritis nodosa, multiple sclerosis and bullous pemphigoid.
32. A method of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a subject, comprising administering to a subject suffering from rheumatoid arthritis an amount of prodrug compound according to claim 2 effective to provide therapeutic benefit.
33. The method of claim 32 in which the amount of prodrug compound administered is effective to achieve a serum concentration of the corresponding drug that is at or above the IC50 of Syk inhibition of the drug, as measured in an in vitro assay.
34. The method of claim 32 in which the prodrug compound is a compound according to structural formula (V), and/or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate and/or N-oxide thereof:
Figure imgf000094_0001
35. A compound useful for synthesizing a prodrug according to claim 2, having a structure according to structural formula (VI):
Figure imgf000094_0002
including sa ts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof, wherein: Y3 is selected from CH2, NR26, O, S, S(O) and S(O)2; R2, R5, R17, R18, R19, R20, Z1 and Z2 are as defined in Claim 2; and each R26 is, independently of the others, selected from hydrogen and a phosphorous-containing progroup, with the proviso that at least one R is other than hydrogen.
36. The compound of claim 35 which is a compound according to structural formula (VII):
Figure imgf000095_0001
including salts, hydrates, solvates and N-oxides thereof, wherein R2, R5, Z2, R17, R18, R19, R20 and R21 are as previously defined and Y4 is selected from CH2, NH, O and
S.
37. The compound of claim 35 in which R26 is selected from -CH2-O-P(O)(ORf)2, -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(ORf)2 and salts thereof, where each Rf is the same or different lower alkyl.
38. The compound of claim 37 which has the structure (VIII):
Figure imgf000095_0002
wherein R26 is selected from -CH2-O-P(O)(OtBu)2, -CH2CH2-O-P(O)(OtBu)2 and salts thereof.
39. N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[(dihydrogen phosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5- pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine and salts and solvates thereof.
40. N4-(2,2-dimethy1-4-[hydroxymethyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[l,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro- N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine and salts and solvates thereof.
PCT/US2006/001945 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses WO2006078846A1 (en)

Priority Applications (21)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007552272A JP4801096B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their use
AU2006206458A AU2006206458B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
KR1020077018898A KR101278397B1 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
NZ555947A NZ555947A (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
CA2591948A CA2591948C (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
DE602006010979T DE602006010979D1 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 PRODRUGS FROM 2,4-PYRIMIDIN DIAMIN COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES
AT06718943T ATE451381T1 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 PRODRUGS OF 2,4-PYRIMIDINEDIAMINE COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF
DK06718943.1T DK1856135T3 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
BRPI0606318A BRPI0606318B8 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 compound, composition, and use of a compound
MX2007007189A MX2007007189A (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses.
CN2006800026433A CN101115761B (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
PL06718943T PL1856135T3 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
EP06718943A EP1856135B1 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
IL183890A IL183890A (en) 2005-01-19 2007-06-13 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
NO20074179A NO339146B1 (en) 2005-01-19 2007-08-14 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
HK08102972.0A HK1108896A1 (en) 2005-01-19 2008-03-13 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
NL301039C NL301039I2 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-04-28 Fostamatinib or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of fostamatinib, or a hydrate, solvate or N-oxide of fostamatinib or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of fostamatinib, especially disodium fostamatinib optionally in the form of a hydrate
LU00153C LUC00153I2 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-05-08
NO2020010C NO2020010I1 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-05-13 fostamatinib or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of fostamatinib, or a hydrate, solvate or N-oxide of fostamatinib or the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of fostamatinib, in particular fostamatinib disodium, optionally in the form of a hydrate
LTPA2020507C LTC1856135I2 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-06-04 PREPARATIONS AND USES OF 2,4-PYRIMIDINDYAMINE COMPOUNDS
CY2020012C CY2020012I1 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-06-10 PRODRUGS OF THE 2,4-PYRIMIDINDIAMINE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US64542405P 2005-01-19 2005-01-19
US60/645,424 2005-01-19
US65462005P 2005-02-18 2005-02-18
US60/654,620 2005-02-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006078846A1 true WO2006078846A1 (en) 2006-07-27

Family

ID=36295425

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/001945 WO2006078846A1 (en) 2005-01-19 2006-01-19 Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses

Country Status (28)

Country Link
US (13) US7449458B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1856135B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4801096B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101278397B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101115761B (en)
AT (1) ATE451381T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2006206458B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0606318B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2591948C (en)
CY (2) CY1109888T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602006010979D1 (en)
DK (1) DK1856135T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2337496T3 (en)
FI (1) FIC20200014I1 (en)
HK (1) HK1108896A1 (en)
HU (1) HUS2000011I1 (en)
IL (1) IL183890A (en)
LT (1) LTC1856135I2 (en)
LU (1) LUC00153I2 (en)
MX (2) MX2007007189A (en)
NL (1) NL301039I2 (en)
NO (2) NO339146B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ555947A (en)
PL (1) PL1856135T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1856135E (en)
RU (1) RU2416616C2 (en)
SI (1) SI1856135T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2006078846A1 (en)

Cited By (177)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007120980A3 (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-12-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for treating or preventing autoimmune diseases
EP1883302A2 (en) * 2005-05-03 2008-02-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Jak kinase inhibitors and their uses
WO2008061201A1 (en) * 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating renal tumors using 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug and prodrug compounds
WO2008064274A1 (en) 2006-11-21 2008-05-29 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrug salts of 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
WO2009003136A1 (en) * 2007-06-26 2008-12-31 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted pyrimidine-2, 4 -diamines for treating cell proliferative disorders
WO2009029682A1 (en) * 2007-08-28 2009-03-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy with syk kinase inhibitor
WO2009061909A2 (en) * 2007-11-07 2009-05-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
JP2009525353A (en) * 2005-12-06 2009-07-09 ライジェル ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Pyrimidine-2,4-diamine and use thereof
US7576053B2 (en) 2005-06-13 2009-08-18 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating degenerative bone disorders
WO2010013158A1 (en) 2008-07-28 2010-02-04 Pfizer Inc. Phenanthrenone compounds, compositions and methods
US7754714B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2010-07-13 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7863286B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2011-01-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomerically enriched 3-aminocarbonyl bicycloheptene pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
WO2011002999A1 (en) * 2009-07-02 2011-01-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of n4- (2, 2-dimethyl-4- [ (dihydrogen phosphonoxy ] -3-oxo-5-pyrido [1, 4] oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-n2- (3, 4, 5,-trimethoxyphenyl) -2, 4- pyrimidinediamine disodium salt
WO2011009075A2 (en) 2009-07-17 2011-01-20 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
US20110046126A1 (en) * 2008-02-22 2011-02-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of 2,4-Pyrimidinediamines For the Treatment of Atherosclerosis
EP2300013A1 (en) * 2008-05-21 2011-03-30 ARIAD Pharmaceuticals, Inc Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2011063241A1 (en) 2009-11-20 2011-05-26 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
US7989448B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2011-08-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
WO2011106248A2 (en) * 2010-02-24 2011-09-01 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trimethoxyphenyl inhibitors of tyrosine kinase
WO2011130390A1 (en) 2010-04-13 2011-10-20 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
US8158621B2 (en) 2002-07-29 2012-04-17 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
EP2489663A1 (en) 2011-02-16 2012-08-22 Almirall, S.A. Compounds as syk kinase inhibitors
WO2013014454A1 (en) 2011-07-28 2013-01-31 Astrazeneca Ab New (trimethoxyphenylamino)pyrimidinyl formulations
US8524733B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2013-09-03 Auspex Pharmaceuticals Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US8703782B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2014-04-22 Novartis Ag Substituted indole derivatives
US8835430B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2014-09-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8975249B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2015-03-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8987456B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2015-03-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 3-pyridyl carboxamide-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9006444B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2015-04-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Phenyl carboxamide-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9056839B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-06-16 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
WO2015095765A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical process and intermediates
US9108927B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-08-18 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US9120785B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2015-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyridyl aminopyridines as Syk inhibitors
WO2015131080A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9126950B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-09-08 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9145387B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2015-09-29 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
US9145391B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2015-09-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bipyridylaminopyridines as Syk inhibitors
US9212181B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2015-12-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Substituted 2,4-diaminopyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US9216173B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2015-12-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-Pyridyl carboxamide-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9233959B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2016-01-12 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations and pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9238629B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2016-01-19 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9242984B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2016-01-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyrazolyl derivatives as Syk inhibitors
US9248190B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2016-02-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US9273077B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2016-03-01 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US9290490B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2016-03-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Aminopyrimidines as Syk inhibitors
US9353066B2 (en) 2012-08-20 2016-05-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted phenyl-Spleen Tyrosine Kinase (Syk) inhibitors
US9364476B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2016-06-14 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase disease or disorder
US9376418B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2016-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyridine spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9409887B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2016-08-09 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Mutant-selective EGFR inhibitors and uses thereof
US9409921B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2016-08-09 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US9415049B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2016-08-16 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9416111B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2016-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted diazine and triazine spleen tyrosine kinease (Syk) inhibitors
WO2016138352A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9434726B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2016-09-06 Hutchison Medipharma Limited Substituted pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazines as Syk inhibitors
WO2016172053A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating ibrutinib-resistant disease
US9487504B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2016-11-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Imidazolyl analogs as syk inhibitors
US9492471B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2016-11-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a disease or disorder associated with Bruton'S Tyrosine Kinase
US9499534B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2016-11-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminopyrimidines as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2017004134A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 Nimbus Iris, Inc. Irak inhibitors and uses thereof
US9550780B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2017-01-24 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9586931B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2017-03-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Triazolyl derivatives as Syk inhibitors
WO2017040757A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9593082B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2017-03-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US9598405B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-03-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminopyridines as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9604936B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2017-03-28 Celgene Car Llc Besylate salt of a BTK inhibitor
US9611283B1 (en) 2013-04-10 2017-04-04 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting cell proliferation in ALK-driven cancers
US9624210B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2017-04-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Amino-pyrimidine-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (Syk) inhibitors
WO2017070518A1 (en) 2015-10-23 2017-04-27 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-gator2 interaction and uses thereof
US9670196B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-06-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as Spleen Tyrosine Kinase inhibitors
WO2017106352A1 (en) 2015-12-14 2017-06-22 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. Caffeine inhibitors of mthfd2 and uses thereof
US9745295B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2017-08-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9751893B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2017-09-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
WO2017156179A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9775839B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2017-10-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-pyrazine carboxamides as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9783531B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-10-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9822107B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-11-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9834518B2 (en) 2011-05-04 2017-12-05 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in EGFR-driven cancers
US9834571B2 (en) 2012-05-05 2017-12-05 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in EGFR-driven cancers
WO2017223239A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-12-28 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cxcr4 inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2016205003B2 (en) * 2008-05-21 2018-02-22 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2018071794A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018075937A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10005760B2 (en) 2014-08-13 2018-06-26 Celgene Car Llc Forms and compositions of an ERK inhibitor
WO2018127699A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
WO2018165240A1 (en) 2017-03-08 2018-09-13 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
WO2018197893A1 (en) 2017-04-27 2018-11-01 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
WO2019002842A1 (en) 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
WO2019034866A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019034868A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand prr-a conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019046491A1 (en) 2017-08-29 2019-03-07 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
WO2019126378A1 (en) 2017-12-19 2019-06-27 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
WO2019148132A1 (en) 2018-01-29 2019-08-01 Merck Patent Gmbh Gcn2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019169001A1 (en) 2018-02-27 2019-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of tcr-nck interaction
US10414727B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2019-09-17 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl amino piperidine mTORC inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019209759A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Merck Patent Gmbh Antiproliferation compounds and uses thereof
WO2019209757A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pteridinone compounds and uses thereof
US10508120B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2019-12-17 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019241789A1 (en) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US10513488B2 (en) 2013-12-03 2019-12-24 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of manufacturing benzoquinoline compounds
WO2019243832A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
WO2020010177A1 (en) 2018-07-06 2020-01-09 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof
WO2020051424A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Pic Therapeutics Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2020084305A1 (en) 2018-10-23 2020-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
WO2020112937A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10683308B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-06-16 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
EP3670659A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-24 Abivax Biomarkers, and uses in treatment of viral infections, inflammations, or cancer
WO2020165600A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
US10793563B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2020-10-06 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2020201753A1 (en) 2019-04-02 2020-10-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle toxin conjugates and uses thereof
WO2020243423A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US10874743B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-12-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US10954220B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-03-23 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10988465B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2021-04-27 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11021481B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-01 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11045461B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-06-29 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of CXCR4 inhibitors and methods of preparation and use
US11091451B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2021-08-17 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. SHMT inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2021178488A1 (en) 2020-03-03 2021-09-10 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11117889B1 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-09-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11174264B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2021-11-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022038158A1 (en) 2020-08-17 2022-02-24 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle conjugates specific for nectin-4 and uses thereof
US11304954B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-04-19 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11311512B2 (en) 2014-08-12 2022-04-26 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
US11332470B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-05-17 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11337969B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2022-05-24 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating cancer
US11339144B2 (en) 2017-04-10 2022-05-24 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl Rheb inhibitors and uses thereof
US11345654B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-05-31 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11351168B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2022-06-07 Celgene Car Llc 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2022120354A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022120353A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US11358948B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2022-06-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11357772B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-06-14 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of abnormal involuntary movement disorders
EP4035659A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-08-03 PureTech LYT, Inc. Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents
WO2022167445A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2022167457A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
US11414431B2 (en) 2018-10-15 2022-08-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as TYK2 inhibitors
US11434239B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aza-dihydro-acridone derivatives
WO2022221866A1 (en) 2021-04-16 2022-10-20 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11485750B1 (en) 2019-04-05 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
US11485743B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11505526B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-11-22 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aryl-piperidine derivatives
US11512080B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11591332B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-02-28 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
WO2023028238A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023028235A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11608345B1 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-03-21 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of rapamycin and its analogs and uses thereof
US11623932B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-04-11 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11623012B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-04-11 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for EphA2
US11679090B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2023-06-20 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US11679109B2 (en) 2019-12-23 2023-06-20 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. SMARCA degraders and uses thereof
WO2023114984A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US11685750B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2023-06-27 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Crystalline forms of IRAK degraders
US11707457B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-07-25 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11723890B2 (en) 2019-11-01 2023-08-15 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treatment using an mTORC1 modulator
US11730819B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2023-08-22 Bicycletx Limited Peptide derivatives having novel linkage structures
US11738087B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2023-08-29 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
WO2023173053A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023173057A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11773103B2 (en) 2021-02-15 2023-10-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK4 degraders and uses thereof
WO2023211889A1 (en) 2022-04-25 2023-11-02 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11814447B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2023-11-14 Bicyclerd Limited Peptide ligands for binding to EphA2
US11819476B2 (en) 2019-12-05 2023-11-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
WO2023230205A1 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US11833211B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-12-05 Bicycletx Limited Methods of suppression and treatment of disease comprising administering bicycle peptide ligands specific for EphA2
US11845724B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2023-12-19 Vincere Biosciences, Inc. USP30 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11883497B2 (en) 2017-08-29 2024-01-30 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
WO2024028363A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Heteroaryl carboxamide and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028364A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Aryl-triazolyl and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028365A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Substituted pyridone gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
US11926625B2 (en) 2021-03-05 2024-03-12 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. HPK1 antagonists and uses thereof
US11932624B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2024-03-19 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. MDM2 degraders and uses thereof
US11970553B2 (en) 2019-07-30 2024-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Heterotandem bicyclic peptide complex
US11975073B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2024-05-07 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of neurosteroids
WO2024112894A1 (en) 2022-11-22 2024-05-30 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US12049520B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2024-07-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for CD137
US12071442B2 (en) 2021-03-29 2024-08-27 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridines as HPK1 antagonists
US12091411B2 (en) 2022-01-31 2024-09-17 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US12097261B2 (en) 2021-05-07 2024-09-24 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CDK2 degraders and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2251343A1 (en) * 2003-05-15 2010-11-17 Arqule, Inc. Imidazothiazoles as p38-kinase-inhibitors
JP2008517064A (en) * 2004-10-19 2008-05-22 アークル インコーポレイテッド Synthesis of imidazooxazole and imidazothiazole inhibitors of P38 MAP kinase
WO2006068770A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2006-06-29 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spiro-2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8227455B2 (en) * 2005-04-18 2012-07-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating cell proliferative disorders
ATE352714T1 (en) * 2005-06-17 2007-02-15 Magneti Marelli Powertrain Spa FUEL INJECTION VALVE
US20100041678A1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2010-02-18 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US20090306028A1 (en) * 2005-10-31 2009-12-10 Payan Donald G Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory disorders
CA2642229C (en) * 2006-02-24 2015-05-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
WO2007123892A2 (en) * 2006-04-17 2007-11-01 Arqule Inc. Raf inhibitors and their uses
US8318720B2 (en) 2006-07-20 2012-11-27 Affinium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Acrylamide derivatives as Fab I inhibitors
DE602007012363D1 (en) 2006-10-19 2011-03-17 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-pyridimediamine derivatives as inhibitors of JAK KINASES for the treatment of autoimmune diseases
US7947698B2 (en) 2007-03-23 2011-05-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
WO2008118823A2 (en) * 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
AU2008275918B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2014-01-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic amine substituted pyrimidinediamines as PKC inhibitors
KR101700454B1 (en) 2008-02-15 2017-01-26 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. Pyrimidine-2-amine compounds and their use as inhibitors of jak kinases
MX2010011463A (en) 2008-04-16 2011-06-03 Portola Pharm Inc 2, 6-diamino- pyrimidin- 5-yl-carboxamides as syk or jak kinases inhibitors.
US8138339B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-03-20 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of protein kinases
WO2009131687A2 (en) 2008-04-22 2009-10-29 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of protein kinases
US20110172217A1 (en) * 2008-09-05 2011-07-14 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Ring-fused morpholine derivative having pi3k-inhibiting activity
MX2011005788A (en) * 2008-12-05 2011-06-21 Arqule Inc Raf inhibitors and their uses.
TW201034675A (en) 2008-12-18 2010-10-01 Sanofi Aventis Method for treating macular degeneration
PE20110924A1 (en) 2009-01-23 2011-12-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc DERIVATIVES OF 2,4-DIAMINE-PYRIMIDINE N2, N4-DISUSTITUTED AS JAK3 INHIBITORS
US8367689B2 (en) 2009-05-06 2013-02-05 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of JAK
EP2459195A1 (en) * 2009-07-28 2012-06-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US8735417B2 (en) 2009-12-17 2014-05-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Aminopyrimidines as Syk inhibitors
WO2011075515A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-06-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Aminopyrimidines as syk inhibitors
BR112013001632B1 (en) 2010-07-28 2021-05-25 Rigel Pharmaceuticals compound, pharmaceutical composition, and, method of making a compound
BR112014012396B1 (en) 2011-11-23 2020-08-25 Portola Pharmaceuticals, Inc pyrazine kinase inhibitors, composition, in vitro method for inhibiting kinase syk or signal transduction pathway, use of said inhibitors and kit
US20130310340A1 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method of treating muscular degradation
PT2861608T (en) 2012-06-19 2019-06-28 Debiopharm Int Sa Prodrug derivatives of (e)-n-methyl-n-((3-methylbenzofuran-2-yl)methyl)-3-(7-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-3-yl)acrylamide
CN102746337B (en) * 2012-06-21 2014-12-17 成都苑东药业有限公司 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compound and preparation method thereof
EP2916837A4 (en) * 2012-11-07 2016-07-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Prodrug bipyridylaminopyridines as syk inhibitors
RU2016139031A (en) * 2014-03-24 2018-04-25 Аб Сьянс OXAZOLE DERIVATIVES SUBSTITUTED BY DIAZASPIROALKALONON AS SPLEEN TYROSINKINASE INHIBITORS
SI3419628T1 (en) 2016-02-26 2021-03-31 Debiopharm International Sa Medicament for treatment of diabetic foot infections
US20220000880A1 (en) 2018-11-01 2022-01-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method and composition embodiments for treating acute myeloid leukemia
CN114286679A (en) 2019-08-14 2022-04-05 里格尔药品股份有限公司 Methods of blocking or ameliorating cytokine release syndrome
CN113624665A (en) * 2021-07-30 2021-11-09 中国药科大学 Application of anti-tumor candidate compound in medicine for treating colorectal cancer and determination method
CA3237696A1 (en) 2021-11-08 2023-05-11 Progentos Therapeutics, Inc. Platelet-derived growth factor receptor (pdgfr) alpha inhibitors and uses thereof

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004014382A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2004-02-19 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
WO2005016893A2 (en) * 2003-07-30 2005-02-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for use in the treatment or prevention of autoimmune diseases

Family Cites Families (147)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE1029650B (en) 1954-03-15 1958-05-08 Franz Litzka Additional device for cutting motors
GR80171B (en) 1983-08-29 1985-01-02 Ciba Geigy Ag N-(2-nitrophenyl)-4-aminopyrimidine derivatives process for the preparation thereof and use
DE3618353A1 (en) 1986-05-31 1987-12-03 Hoechst Ag PEST CONTROLS BASED ON AMINOPYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AND NEW AMINOPYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS
JPS6312485A (en) 1986-06-25 1988-01-19 日立米沢電子株式会社 Tray
IE63502B1 (en) 1989-04-21 1995-05-03 Zeneca Ltd Aminopyrimidine derivatives useful for treating cardiovascular disorders
JPH03127790A (en) 1989-10-11 1991-05-30 Morishita Pharmaceut Co Ltd N-(1h-tetrazol-5-yl)-2-anilino-5-pyrimidinecarboxamides and synthetic intermediate therefor
TW224941B (en) 1989-11-08 1994-06-11 Yamanouchi Pharma Co Ltd
GB9012592D0 (en) 1990-06-06 1990-07-25 Smithkline Beecham Intercredit Compounds
DE4029650A1 (en) 1990-09-19 1992-03-26 Hoechst Ag New 2-aryl:amino-pyrimidine derivs. - contg. alkynyl gp., useful as fungicides
US5728536A (en) 1993-07-29 1998-03-17 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Jak kinases and regulation of Cytokine signal transduction
US5430148A (en) * 1992-03-31 1995-07-04 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antiproliferative quinazolines
KR960704855A (en) 1993-10-12 1996-10-09 돈 엠. 커. 1N-Alkyl-N-arylpyrimidinamines and derivatives thereof
IL112290A (en) 1994-01-12 1999-01-26 Novartis Ag Substituted aryl and heteroaryl pyrimidines and herbicidal compositions containing them
GB9523675D0 (en) 1995-11-20 1996-01-24 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
TW440563B (en) 1996-05-23 2001-06-16 Hoffmann La Roche Aryl pyrimidine derivatives and a pharmaceutical composition thereof
GB9619284D0 (en) 1996-09-16 1996-10-30 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US6004985A (en) 1996-10-09 1999-12-21 Berlex Laboratories, Inc. Thio acid derived monocylic N-heterocyclics as anticoagulants
GB9705361D0 (en) 1997-03-14 1997-04-30 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US6093820A (en) * 1997-10-02 2000-07-25 Taro Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Method and reagents for N-alkylating ureides
GB9723859D0 (en) 1997-11-12 1998-01-07 Zeneca Ltd Compound,composition and use
US6432963B1 (en) 1997-12-15 2002-08-13 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Pyrimidine-5-carboxamide derivatives
US6436989B1 (en) * 1997-12-24 2002-08-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated Prodrugs of aspartyl protease inhibitors
CA2317008C (en) 1997-12-31 2009-01-20 The University Of Kansas Water soluble prodrugs of tertiary amine containing drugs and methods of making thereof
CA2321153A1 (en) 1998-02-17 1999-08-19 Timothy D. Cushing Anti-viral pyrimidine derivatives
DK0945443T3 (en) 1998-03-27 2003-06-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv HIV inhibitory pyrimidine derivatives
BRPI9909191B8 (en) 1998-03-27 2021-07-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv hiv inhibitor pyrimidine derivatives, their use and pharmaceutical composition comprising them
WO2000012485A1 (en) 1998-08-29 2000-03-09 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine compounds
DE19851421A1 (en) 1998-11-07 2000-05-11 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma New pyrimidines, their production and use
JP3635238B2 (en) 1998-11-10 2005-04-06 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Pyrimidines that inhibit HIV replication
US6127376A (en) 1998-12-04 2000-10-03 Berlex Laboratories, Inc. Aryl and heterocyclyl substituted pyrimidine derivatives as anti-coagulants
GB9828511D0 (en) 1998-12-24 1999-02-17 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
US6080747A (en) 1999-03-05 2000-06-27 Hughes Institute JAK-3 inhibitors for treating allergic disorders
US7125875B2 (en) 1999-04-15 2006-10-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Cyclic protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
DE19917785A1 (en) 1999-04-20 2000-10-26 Bayer Ag New 2,4-diamino-pyrimidine derivatives useful as microbicides in protection of plants and materials and as herbicides
GB9914258D0 (en) 1999-06-18 1999-08-18 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
DE19945982A1 (en) 1999-09-24 2001-03-29 Knoll Ag Velocity-determined particles
BRPI0014271B1 (en) 1999-09-24 2021-06-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. PARTICLE CONSISTING OF A DISPERSION OF SOLIDS, USE OF SUCH PARTICLE, DISPERSION OF SOLIDS, PHARMACEUTICAL DOSAGE FORM, AS WELL AS PROCESSES FOR THE PREPARATION OF SUCH PARTICLE, DISPERSION AND DOSAGE FORM
OA12050A (en) 1999-09-30 2006-05-02 Neurogen Corp Certain alkylene diamine-substituted heterocycles.
AU1026901A (en) 1999-10-29 2001-05-08 Syngenta Participations Ag Novel herbicides
US20020065270A1 (en) 1999-12-28 2002-05-30 Moriarty Kevin Joseph N-heterocyclic inhibitors of TNF-alpha expression
CA2394727A1 (en) 1999-12-28 2001-07-05 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Pyrimidine and triazine kinase inhibitors
US6362172B2 (en) 2000-01-20 2002-03-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Water soluble prodrugs of azole compounds
US20030004174A9 (en) 2000-02-17 2003-01-02 Armistead David M. Kinase inhibitors
GB0004888D0 (en) 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0004890D0 (en) 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0004886D0 (en) 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0004887D0 (en) 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
US6525051B2 (en) 2000-03-27 2003-02-25 Schering Aktiengesellschaft N-heterocyclic derivatives as NOS inhibitors
MXPA02010518A (en) * 2000-04-27 2003-03-10 Basilea Pharmaceutica Ag Chromenylmethyl pyrimidinediamines as antibacterial agents.
JP5230050B2 (en) 2000-05-08 2013-07-10 ジヤンセン・フアーマシユーチカ・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ HIV replication inhibitor
WO2001085699A2 (en) 2000-05-08 2001-11-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Prodrugs of hiv replication inhibiting pyrimidines
GB0016877D0 (en) 2000-07-11 2000-08-30 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
IL154747A0 (en) 2000-09-15 2003-10-31 Vertex Pharma Pyrazole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
US6448401B1 (en) * 2000-11-20 2002-09-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for water soluble azole compounds
CA2432303C (en) 2000-12-21 2010-04-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2002059110A1 (en) 2000-12-21 2002-08-01 Glaxo Group Limited Pyrimidineamines as angiogenesis modulators
GB0103926D0 (en) 2001-02-17 2001-04-04 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
ES2316546T3 (en) 2001-02-20 2009-04-16 Astrazeneca Ab 2-ARYLAMINE-PYRIMIDINS FOR THE TREATMENT OF ASSOCIATED DISORDERS TO GSK3.
IL159120A0 (en) 2001-05-29 2004-05-12 Schering Ag Cdk inhibiting pyrimidines, production thereof and their use as medicaments
JP4541695B2 (en) 2001-06-15 2010-09-08 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド 5- (2-Aminopyrimidin-4-yl) benzisoxazole as a protein kinase inhibitor
EP1397142A4 (en) 2001-06-19 2004-11-03 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Pyrimidine inhibitors of phosphodiesterase (pde) 7
US6878697B2 (en) 2001-06-21 2005-04-12 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenylamino-pyrimidines and uses thereof
CA2451128A1 (en) 2001-06-26 2003-01-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company N-heterocyclic inhibitors of tnf-alpha expression
JO3429B1 (en) 2001-08-13 2019-10-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Hiv inhibiting pyrimidines derivatives
US6939874B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2005-09-06 Amgen Inc. Substituted pyrimidinyl derivatives and methods of use
US7115617B2 (en) 2001-08-22 2006-10-03 Amgen Inc. Amino-substituted pyrimidinyl derivatives and methods of use
WO2003030909A1 (en) 2001-09-25 2003-04-17 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2- and 4-aminopyrimidines n-substtituded by a bicyclic ring for use as kinase inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
WO2003026665A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2-phenylamino-4-(5-pyrazolylamino)-pyrimidine derivatives as kinase inhibitors, in particular, src kinase inhibitors
WO2003040141A1 (en) 2001-09-28 2003-05-15 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Oxazolyl-phenyl-2,4-diamino-pyrimidine compounds and methods for treating hyperproliferative disorders
CA2463989C (en) 2001-10-17 2012-01-31 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Pyrimidine derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions containing these compounds, the use thereof and process for the preparation thereof
EP1453516A2 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-09-08 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG Novel tri-substituted pyrimidines, method for production and use thereof as medicament
JP2003127790A (en) 2001-10-25 2003-05-08 Nippon Soken Inc Meter device
WO2003045923A1 (en) 2001-11-28 2003-06-05 Btg International Ltd. Preventives or remedies for alzheimer’s disease or amyloid protein fibrosis inhibitors containing nitrogen-containing heteroaryl compounds
SE0104140D0 (en) 2001-12-07 2001-12-07 Astrazeneca Ab Novel Compounds
WO2003055489A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-07-10 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2,4-diamino-pyrimidine derivative compounds as inhibitors of prolylpeptidase, inducers of apoptosis and cancer treatment agents
WO2003062225A1 (en) 2002-01-23 2003-07-31 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Pyrimidine derivatives as rho-kinase inhibitors
TWI329105B (en) 2002-02-01 2010-08-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US6998391B2 (en) 2002-02-07 2006-02-14 Supergen.Inc. Method for treating diseases associated with abnormal kinase activity
AU2003209077A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2003-09-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyrimidine compounds
EP1487824B1 (en) 2002-03-01 2007-06-20 SmithKline Beecham Corporation Diamino-pyrimidines and their use as angiogenesis inhibitors
US7288547B2 (en) 2002-03-11 2007-10-30 Schering Ag CDK-inhibitory 2-heteroaryl-pyrimidines, their production and use as pharmaceutical agents
AU2003212282A1 (en) 2002-03-11 2003-09-22 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Cdk inhibiting 2-heteroaryl pyrimidine, the production thereof, and use thereof as a medicament
GB0206215D0 (en) 2002-03-15 2002-05-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
NZ535365A (en) 2002-03-20 2006-07-28 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Phosphate prodrugs of fluorooxindoles
WO2004039359A2 (en) 2002-05-06 2004-05-13 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Use of pyrimidine derivates for the manifacture of a medicament for the treatment of hyper-proliferative disorders
AU2003231231A1 (en) 2002-05-06 2003-11-11 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Pyridinyl amino pyrimidine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders
AR039540A1 (en) 2002-05-13 2005-02-23 Tibotec Pharm Ltd MICROBICIDE COMPOUNDS WITH PIRIMIDINE OR TRIAZINE CONTENT
CN1665810A (en) 2002-05-30 2005-09-07 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Inhibitors of JAK and CDK2 protein kinases
US20060252943A1 (en) 2002-06-17 2006-11-09 Amogh Boloor Chemical process
CA2490888C (en) 2002-06-28 2011-05-24 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Diaminopyrimidinecarboxamide derivative
AU2003249539A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2004-02-25 Warner-Lambert Company Llc Cyclic compounds containing zinc binding groups as matrix metalloproteinase inhibitors
CA2495386C (en) 2002-08-14 2011-06-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Protein kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2172460A1 (en) 2002-11-01 2010-04-07 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of JAK and other protein kinases
US7348335B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2008-03-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of JAK and other protein kinases
US7504410B2 (en) 2002-11-28 2009-03-17 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Chk-, Pdk- and Akt-inhibitory pyrimidines, their production and use as pharmaceutical agents
WO2004050068A1 (en) 2002-11-29 2004-06-17 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a basic respectively acidic drug compound, a surfactant and a physiologically tolerable water-soluble acid respectively base
WO2004054617A1 (en) 2002-12-13 2004-07-01 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Preventives and/or remedies for central diseases
UA80767C2 (en) 2002-12-20 2007-10-25 Pfizer Prod Inc Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth
NZ541902A (en) 2003-02-07 2008-12-24 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Pyrimidine derivatives for the prevention of HIV infection
CL2004000306A1 (en) 2003-02-20 2005-04-08 Tibotec Pharm Ltd COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM PYRIMIDINE REPLACED WITH INDANO; PROCESS FOR PREPARATION; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT UNDERSTANDS IT; PHARMACEUTICAL COMBINATION; AND ITS USE FOR THE TREATMENT OR PROFILAXIS OF AN INFECTIOUS DISEASE.
US7514446B2 (en) 2003-02-20 2009-04-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyrimidine compounds
GB0305929D0 (en) 2003-03-14 2003-04-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
MXPA05011523A (en) 2003-04-30 2006-01-23 Inst For Pharm Discovery Inc Substituted heteroaryls as inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatases.
GB0311276D0 (en) 2003-05-16 2003-06-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
EP1651595A2 (en) 2003-05-30 2006-05-03 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors
CA2533397A1 (en) 2003-07-22 2005-02-03 Neurogen Corporation Substituted pyridin-2-ylamine analogues
US7442698B2 (en) 2003-07-24 2008-10-28 Amgen Inc. Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use
JP2007500179A (en) 2003-07-30 2007-01-11 サイクラセル・リミテッド 2-Aminophenyl-4-phenylpyrimidine as a kinase inhibitor
WO2005013996A2 (en) 2003-08-07 2005-02-17 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and uses as anti-proliferative agents
EP2287156B1 (en) 2003-08-15 2013-05-29 Novartis AG 2,4-Di(phenylamino)-pyrimidines useful in the treatment of neoplastic diseases, inflammatory and immune system disorders
GB0321710D0 (en) 2003-09-16 2003-10-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
JP2007505858A (en) 2003-09-18 2007-03-15 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト 2,4-Di (phenylamino) pyrimidine useful for the treatment of proliferative disorders
DE10349423A1 (en) 2003-10-16 2005-06-16 Schering Ag Sulfoximine-substituted parimidines as CDK and / or VEGF inhibitors, their preparation and use as medicaments
RU2006122853A (en) 2003-11-28 2008-01-10 Новартис АГ (CH) DIARYM UREA DERIVATIVES FOR TREATMENT OF DISEASES DEPENDING ON PROTEINKINASE
MY141255A (en) 2003-12-11 2010-03-31 Memory Pharm Corp Phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitors, including n-substituted diarylamine analogs
WO2005063722A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-07-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomers and stereoisomeric mixtures of 1-(2,4-pyrimidinediamino)-2-cyclopentanecarboxamide synthetic intermediates
US7745625B2 (en) * 2004-03-15 2010-06-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Prodrugs of piperazine and substituted piperidine antiviral agents
EP1763514A2 (en) 2004-05-18 2007-03-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US20060047135A1 (en) 2004-08-30 2006-03-02 Chadwick Scott T Process for preparing chloromethyl di-tert-butylphosphate
CA2578349A1 (en) 2004-09-01 2006-03-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
WO2006034872A1 (en) 2004-09-29 2006-04-06 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines as cell cycle kinase inhibitors or receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors, production of said substances and use of the latter as medicaments
US7585883B2 (en) 2004-10-29 2009-09-08 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted pyridines and their uses
WO2006068770A1 (en) 2004-11-24 2006-06-29 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spiro-2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7442716B2 (en) 2004-12-17 2008-10-28 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. 2-(phenyl or heterocyclic)-1H-phenantrho[9,10-d]imidazoles as mPGES-1 inhibitors
ATE519759T1 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-08-15 Exelixis Inc PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS KINASE MODULATORS AND METHODS OF APPLICATION
WO2006078846A1 (en) * 2005-01-19 2006-07-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US20060270694A1 (en) 2005-05-03 2006-11-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. JAK kinase inhibitors and their uses
US20070203161A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-08-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
KR101312225B1 (en) 2005-06-08 2013-09-26 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
WO2006135915A2 (en) 2005-06-13 2006-12-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating degenerative bone disorders
MX2008000574A (en) 2005-07-11 2008-03-14 Sanofi Aventis Novel 2,4-dianilinopyrimidine derivatives, the preparation thereof, their use as medicaments, pharmaceutical compositions and, in particular, as ikk inhibitors.
WO2007014846A1 (en) 2005-07-28 2007-02-08 Intervet International B.V. Novel benzimidazole (thio) carbamates with antiparasitic activity and the synthesis thereof
CN101282979B (en) 2005-09-13 2011-09-21 卫材R&D管理有限公司 Composition containing chloromethyl phosphate derivative with improved stability and process for producing the same
WO2007053844A2 (en) 2005-10-31 2007-05-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating inflammatory disorders
US7508791B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2009-03-24 Kyocera Corporation Wireless communication coding and transmission systems and methods
US7713987B2 (en) 2005-12-06 2010-05-11 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine-2,4-diamines and their uses
TW200736232A (en) 2006-01-26 2007-10-01 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrimidine derivatives
WO2007085540A1 (en) 2006-01-27 2007-08-02 Glaxo Group Limited 1h-indaz0l-4-yl-2 , 4-pyrimidinediamine derivatives
KR101411695B1 (en) 2006-02-17 2014-07-03 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for treating or preventing autoimmune diseases
CA2642229C (en) 2006-02-24 2015-05-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US7631707B2 (en) * 2006-03-29 2009-12-15 Cyrus Solutions Corporation Shape memory alloy actuated steerable drilling tool
US20090192158A1 (en) 2006-05-02 2009-07-30 Stacia Kargman Methods for Treating or Preventing Neoplasias
US7776855B2 (en) 2006-07-27 2010-08-17 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Antimicrobial oxazolidinone prodrugs
DE602007012363D1 (en) * 2006-10-19 2011-03-17 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-pyridimediamine derivatives as inhibitors of JAK KINASES for the treatment of autoimmune diseases
US7947698B2 (en) * 2007-03-23 2011-05-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
WO2008118823A2 (en) * 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US9815606B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2017-11-14 Barton Group, Inc. Flexible stand-up pouch container for flowable products

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004014382A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2004-02-19 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
WO2005016893A2 (en) * 2003-07-30 2005-02-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for use in the treatment or prevention of autoimmune diseases

Cited By (360)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10682350B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2020-06-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US10709703B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2020-07-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9346765B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2016-05-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8835430B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2014-09-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9416112B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2016-08-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9913842B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2018-03-13 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9018204B1 (en) 2002-02-01 2015-04-28 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8158621B2 (en) 2002-07-29 2012-04-17 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
US9751893B2 (en) 2003-07-30 2017-09-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
US8546398B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2013-10-01 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomerically enriched 3-aminocarbonyl bicycloheptene pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9725419B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2017-08-08 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8410093B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2013-04-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7754714B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2010-07-13 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7858633B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2010-12-28 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7868013B2 (en) 2004-05-18 2011-01-11 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8030483B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2011-10-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomerically enriched 3-aminocarbonyl bicycloheptene pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8044054B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2011-10-25 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomerically enriched 3-aminocarbonyl bicycloheptene pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8101627B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2012-01-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomerically enriched 3-aminocarbonyl bicycloheptene pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7863286B2 (en) 2004-11-15 2011-01-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Stereoisomerically enriched 3-aminocarbonyl bicycloheptene pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8211889B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2012-07-03 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8476263B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2013-07-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9266912B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2016-02-23 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US7989448B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2011-08-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8211888B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2012-07-03 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9532998B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2017-01-03 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US10577381B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2020-03-03 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8785437B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2014-07-22 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
EP1883302A2 (en) * 2005-05-03 2008-02-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Jak kinase inhibitors and their uses
EP1883302A4 (en) * 2005-05-03 2009-05-20 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc Jak kinase inhibitors and their uses
US11827628B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2023-11-28 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US9593082B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2017-03-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US11198689B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2021-12-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US9732073B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2017-08-15 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US10421752B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2019-09-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US9248190B2 (en) 2005-06-08 2016-02-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
US7576053B2 (en) 2005-06-13 2009-08-18 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating degenerative bone disorders
JP2009525353A (en) * 2005-12-06 2009-07-09 ライジェル ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Pyrimidine-2,4-diamine and use thereof
US8314093B2 (en) 2006-02-17 2012-11-20 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for treating or preventing autoimmune diseases
WO2007120980A3 (en) * 2006-02-17 2007-12-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for treating or preventing autoimmune diseases
US7659280B2 (en) 2006-02-17 2010-02-09 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds for treating or preventing autoimmune diseases
US11667611B2 (en) 2006-02-24 2023-06-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the JAK pathway
WO2008061201A1 (en) * 2006-11-15 2008-05-22 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating renal tumors using 2,4-pyrimidinediamine drug and prodrug compounds
US9737554B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2017-08-22 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
JP2010510322A (en) * 2006-11-21 2010-04-02 ライジェル ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Prodrug salts of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their use
US10357505B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2019-07-23 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8912170B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2014-12-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8163902B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2012-04-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US8445485B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2013-05-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
WO2008064274A1 (en) 2006-11-21 2008-05-29 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrug salts of 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9283238B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2016-03-15 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
USRE48898E1 (en) 2006-11-21 2022-01-25 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
EP2420505A1 (en) * 2006-11-21 2012-02-22 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrug salts of 2, 4- pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
WO2009003136A1 (en) * 2007-06-26 2008-12-31 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted pyrimidine-2, 4 -diamines for treating cell proliferative disorders
WO2009029682A1 (en) * 2007-08-28 2009-03-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapy with syk kinase inhibitor
AU2008323938B2 (en) * 2007-11-07 2014-04-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
US8263122B2 (en) 2007-11-07 2012-09-11 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
WO2009061909A3 (en) * 2007-11-07 2009-11-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
JP2011503010A (en) * 2007-11-07 2011-01-27 ライジェル ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Wet granulation using a water sequestrant
US8652492B2 (en) 2007-11-07 2014-02-18 Rigel Pharmaceutical, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
WO2009061909A2 (en) * 2007-11-07 2009-05-14 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
US8372415B2 (en) 2007-11-07 2013-02-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
EA020210B1 (en) * 2007-11-07 2014-09-30 Райджел Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Wet granulation using a water sequestering agent
KR101614555B1 (en) * 2008-02-22 2016-04-21 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. Use of 2,4-pyrimidinediamines for the treatment of atherosclerosis
US20110046126A1 (en) * 2008-02-22 2011-02-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of 2,4-Pyrimidinediamines For the Treatment of Atherosclerosis
US8530466B2 (en) * 2008-02-22 2013-09-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of 2,4-pyrimidinediamines for the treatment of atherosclerosis
JP2011523646A (en) * 2008-05-21 2011-08-18 アリアド・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
AU2016205003B2 (en) * 2008-05-21 2018-02-22 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
EP2300013B1 (en) 2008-05-21 2017-09-06 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
EP2300013A1 (en) * 2008-05-21 2011-03-30 ARIAD Pharmaceuticals, Inc Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
EP3210609A1 (en) * 2008-05-21 2017-08-30 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US9012462B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2015-04-21 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US9273077B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2016-03-01 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
EP2300013A4 (en) * 2008-05-21 2012-09-12 Ariad Pharma Inc Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US9987276B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2018-06-05 Celgene Car Llc Substituted 2,4-diaminopyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US10828300B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2020-11-10 Celgene Car Llc Substituted 2,4-diaminopyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US11351168B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2022-06-07 Celgene Car Llc 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US10010548B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2018-07-03 Celgene Car Llc 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US9296737B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2016-03-29 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Substituted 2,4-diaminopyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US9409921B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2016-08-09 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US10596172B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2020-03-24 Celgene Car Llc 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US9212181B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2015-12-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Substituted 2,4-diaminopyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
US8148409B2 (en) 2008-07-28 2012-04-03 Pfizer Inc. Phenathrenone compounds, compositons and methods
WO2010013158A1 (en) 2008-07-28 2010-02-04 Pfizer Inc. Phenanthrenone compounds, compositions and methods
US8552035B2 (en) 2008-07-28 2013-10-08 Pfizer Inc. Phenanthrenone compounds, compositions and methods
US8524733B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2013-09-03 Auspex Pharmaceuticals Benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
AU2010266213B2 (en) * 2009-07-02 2015-06-18 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of N4- (2, 2-dimethyl-4- [ (dihydrogen phosphonoxy ] -3-oxo-5-pyrido [1, 4] oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-N2- (3, 4, 5,-trimethoxyphenyl) -2, 4- pyrimidinediamine disodium salt
US8691798B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2014-04-08 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of 2,4-pyrimidinediamines
WO2011002999A1 (en) * 2009-07-02 2011-01-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of n4- (2, 2-dimethyl-4- [ (dihydrogen phosphonoxy ] -3-oxo-5-pyrido [1, 4] oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-n2- (3, 4, 5,-trimethoxyphenyl) -2, 4- pyrimidinediamine disodium salt
US8481724B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2013-07-09 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of 2,4-pyrimidinediamines
US8299242B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Synthesis of 2,4-pyrimidinediamines
EA021657B1 (en) * 2009-07-02 2015-08-31 Райджел Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Synthesis of n4-(2,2-dimethyl-4-[(dihydrophosphonoxy)methyl]-3-oxo-5-pyrido[1,4]oxazin-6-yl)-5-fluoro-n2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine disodium salt
WO2011009075A3 (en) * 2009-07-17 2011-09-09 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
WO2011009075A2 (en) 2009-07-17 2011-01-20 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
WO2011063241A1 (en) 2009-11-20 2011-05-26 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
WO2011106248A3 (en) * 2010-02-24 2012-01-05 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trimethoxyphenyl inhibitors of tyrosine kinase
CN102892770A (en) * 2010-02-24 2013-01-23 奥斯拜客斯制药有限公司 Trimethoxyphenyl inhibitors of tyrosine kinase
WO2011106248A2 (en) * 2010-02-24 2011-09-01 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trimethoxyphenyl inhibitors of tyrosine kinase
WO2011130390A1 (en) 2010-04-13 2011-10-20 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2, 4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and prodrugs thereof and their uses
US9604936B2 (en) 2010-08-10 2017-03-28 Celgene Car Llc Besylate salt of a BTK inhibitor
US9765038B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2017-09-19 Celgene Car Llc Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US10434101B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2019-10-08 Celgene Car Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11096942B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2021-08-24 Celgene Car Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9238629B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2016-01-19 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US10081606B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2018-09-25 Celgene Car Llc Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9375431B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2016-06-28 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidine compounds useful as kinase inhibtors
US8975249B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2015-03-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9867824B2 (en) 2010-11-01 2018-01-16 Celgene Car Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9868723B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2018-01-16 Celgene Car Llc Mutant-selective EGFR inhibitors and uses thereof
US9409887B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2016-08-09 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Mutant-selective EGFR inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2489663A1 (en) 2011-02-16 2012-08-22 Almirall, S.A. Compounds as syk kinase inhibitors
US9834518B2 (en) 2011-05-04 2017-12-05 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in EGFR-driven cancers
US9120785B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2015-09-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyridyl aminopyridines as Syk inhibitors
US9145391B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2015-09-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Bipyridylaminopyridines as Syk inhibitors
US9290490B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2016-03-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Aminopyrimidines as Syk inhibitors
US8703782B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2014-04-22 Novartis Ag Substituted indole derivatives
US9029396B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2015-05-12 Novartis Ag Substituted indole derivatives
US10052330B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2018-08-21 Hutchison Medipharma Limited Substituted pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazines as Syk inhibitors
US9434726B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2016-09-06 Hutchison Medipharma Limited Substituted pyrido[3,4-b]pyrazines as Syk inhibitors
US8771648B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-07-08 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Trimethoxyphenylamino) pyrimidinyl formulations
WO2013014454A1 (en) 2011-07-28 2013-01-31 Astrazeneca Ab New (trimethoxyphenylamino)pyrimidinyl formulations
AU2012288632B2 (en) * 2011-07-28 2017-08-17 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. New (trimethoxyphenylamino)pyrimidinyl formulations
US8951504B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2015-02-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (trimethoxyphenylamino) pyrimidinyl formulations
EA028432B1 (en) * 2011-07-28 2017-11-30 Райджел Фармасьютикалз, Инк. New (trimethoxyphenylamino)pyrimidinyl formulations
US9216173B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2015-12-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-Pyridyl carboxamide-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9006444B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2015-04-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Phenyl carboxamide-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US8987456B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2015-03-24 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 3-pyridyl carboxamide-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9364476B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2016-06-14 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase disease or disorder
US9540335B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2017-01-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US10570099B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-02-25 Celgene Car Llc Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US10946016B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2021-03-16 Celgene Car Llc Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US10005738B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2018-06-26 Celgene Car Llc Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US9108927B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-08-18 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US9056839B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2015-06-16 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US11292772B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2022-04-05 Celgene Car Llc Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US10004741B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2018-06-26 Celgene Car Llc Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US9539255B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2017-01-10 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US9834571B2 (en) 2012-05-05 2017-12-05 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in EGFR-driven cancers
US9242984B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2016-01-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Pyrazolyl derivatives as Syk inhibitors
US9487504B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2016-11-08 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Imidazolyl analogs as syk inhibitors
US9376418B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2016-06-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted pyridine spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK) inhibitors
US9416111B2 (en) 2012-06-22 2016-08-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted diazine and triazine spleen tyrosine kinease (Syk) inhibitors
US9353066B2 (en) 2012-08-20 2016-05-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted phenyl-Spleen Tyrosine Kinase (Syk) inhibitors
US9233959B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2016-01-12 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations and pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9814708B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2017-11-14 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations and pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9550780B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2017-01-24 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US11666566B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2023-06-06 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations and pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US11033540B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2021-06-15 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations and pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9346800B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2016-05-24 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9296739B2 (en) 2012-09-18 2016-03-29 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations and pharmacokinetics of deuterated benzoquinoline inhibitors of vesicular monoamine transporter 2
US9586931B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2017-03-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Triazolyl derivatives as Syk inhibitors
US9624210B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2017-04-18 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Amino-pyrimidine-containing spleen tyrosine kinase (Syk) inhibitors
US9549927B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-01-24 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9126950B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-09-08 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9598405B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-03-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminopyridines as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9796700B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2017-10-24 Celgene Car Llc ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
US9145387B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2015-09-29 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
US9504686B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2016-11-29 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
US9980964B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2018-05-29 Celgene Car Llc ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
US9561228B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2017-02-07 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
US9611283B1 (en) 2013-04-10 2017-04-04 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting cell proliferation in ALK-driven cancers
US9745295B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2017-08-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9499534B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2016-11-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminopyrimidines as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9492471B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2016-11-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a disease or disorder associated with Bruton'S Tyrosine Kinase
US10513488B2 (en) 2013-12-03 2019-12-24 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of manufacturing benzoquinoline compounds
US12077487B2 (en) 2013-12-03 2024-09-03 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of manufacturing benzoquinoline compounds
US9695204B2 (en) * 2013-12-20 2017-07-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical process and intermediates
US9783531B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-10-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9415049B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2016-08-16 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9822107B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-11-21 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US9670196B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-06-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Thiazole-substituted aminoheteroaryls as Spleen Tyrosine Kinase inhibitors
WO2015095765A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical process and intermediates
WO2015131080A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP4019518A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2022-06-29 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9775839B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2017-10-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-pyrazine carboxamides as spleen tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US11311512B2 (en) 2014-08-12 2022-04-26 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
US10202364B2 (en) 2014-08-13 2019-02-12 Celgene Car Llc Forms and compositions of an ERK inhibitor
US10005760B2 (en) 2014-08-13 2018-06-26 Celgene Car Llc Forms and compositions of an ERK inhibitor
US10968236B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2021-04-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10253046B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2019-04-09 Nimbus Lakshmi TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016138352A1 (en) 2015-02-27 2016-09-01 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US12016858B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2024-06-25 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of abnormal involuntary movement disorders
US11446291B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-09-20 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of abnormal involuntary movement disorders
US11564917B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-01-31 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of abnormal involuntary movement disorders
US11357772B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2022-06-14 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of abnormal involuntary movement disorders
US11648244B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2023-05-16 Auspex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of abnormal involuntary movement disorders
WO2016172053A1 (en) 2015-04-24 2016-10-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating ibrutinib-resistant disease
WO2017004134A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2017-01-05 Nimbus Iris, Inc. Irak inhibitors and uses thereof
EP4327809A2 (en) 2015-09-02 2024-02-28 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10023571B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2018-07-17 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11434240B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2022-09-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10781204B2 (en) 2015-09-02 2020-09-22 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017040757A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11738087B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2023-08-29 Monash University Lymph directing prodrugs
US10683308B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2020-06-16 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US10414782B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2019-09-17 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US10100066B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2018-10-16 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US11325924B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2022-05-10 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
EP4112611A2 (en) 2015-10-23 2023-01-04 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-gator2 interaction and uses thereof
US10752644B2 (en) 2015-10-23 2020-08-25 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
WO2017070518A1 (en) 2015-10-23 2017-04-27 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of sestrin-gator2 interaction and uses thereof
WO2017106352A1 (en) 2015-12-14 2017-06-22 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. Caffeine inhibitors of mthfd2 and uses thereof
US11370792B2 (en) 2015-12-14 2022-06-28 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. Caffeine inhibitors of MTHFD2 and uses thereof
EP3884939A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-09-29 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10954220B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-03-23 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20190071400A1 (en) * 2016-03-09 2019-03-07 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11634412B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2023-04-25 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11014882B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-05-25 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017156179A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11535593B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2022-12-27 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP4234552A2 (en) 2016-03-09 2023-08-30 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. 3-phosphoglycerate dehydrogenase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11337969B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2022-05-24 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating cancer
US11780837B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2023-10-10 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11306088B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-04-19 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10988465B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2021-04-27 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11332470B2 (en) 2016-06-21 2022-05-17 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CXCR4 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017223239A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2017-12-28 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cxcr4 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3808748A1 (en) 2016-06-21 2021-04-21 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted piperidines as cxcr4-inhibitors
WO2018071794A1 (en) 2016-10-14 2018-04-19 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10793574B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2020-10-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10323036B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2019-06-18 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11220508B2 (en) 2016-10-14 2022-01-11 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3848370A2 (en) 2016-10-14 2021-07-14 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018075937A1 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-04-26 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10647713B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2020-05-12 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11396508B2 (en) 2016-10-21 2022-07-26 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10844013B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2020-11-24 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl amino piperidine mTORC inhibitors and uses thereof
US10414727B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2019-09-17 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl amino piperidine mTORC inhibitors and uses thereof
EP4035659A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-08-03 PureTech LYT, Inc. Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents
US11091451B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2021-08-17 Raze Therapeutics, Inc. SHMT inhibitors and uses thereof
US11730819B2 (en) 2016-12-23 2023-08-22 Bicycletx Limited Peptide derivatives having novel linkage structures
US10624968B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2020-04-21 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
WO2018127699A1 (en) 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
US11433137B2 (en) 2017-01-06 2022-09-06 Bicyclerd Limited Compounds for treating cancer
US11040967B2 (en) 2017-03-08 2021-06-22 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
US10336752B2 (en) 2017-03-08 2019-07-02 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
EP4338802A2 (en) 2017-03-08 2024-03-20 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Tyk2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
WO2018165240A1 (en) 2017-03-08 2018-09-13 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors, uses, and methods for production thereof
US11434239B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aza-dihydro-acridone derivatives
US11505526B2 (en) 2017-03-14 2022-11-22 Artax Biopharma Inc. Aryl-piperidine derivatives
US11339144B2 (en) 2017-04-10 2022-05-24 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl Rheb inhibitors and uses thereof
US11679090B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2023-06-20 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of Sestrin-GATOR2 interaction and uses thereof
US11241473B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2022-02-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US10857196B2 (en) 2017-04-27 2020-12-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
WO2018197893A1 (en) 2017-04-27 2018-11-01 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US11746126B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2023-09-05 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
US10899798B2 (en) 2017-06-26 2021-01-26 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
WO2019002842A1 (en) 2017-06-26 2019-01-03 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands with detectable moieties and uses thereof
US10562907B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-02-18 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10577373B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-03-03 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10508120B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2019-12-17 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10562906B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-02-18 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11046698B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2021-06-29 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10570145B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2020-02-25 Nimbus Lakshimi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US12049520B2 (en) 2017-08-04 2024-07-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for CD137
WO2019034868A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand prr-a conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019034866A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
WO2019046491A1 (en) 2017-08-29 2019-03-07 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
US11883497B2 (en) 2017-08-29 2024-01-30 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lymphatic system-directing lipid prodrugs
US11358948B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2022-06-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11623932B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-04-11 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11833211B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-12-05 Bicycletx Limited Methods of suppression and treatment of disease comprising administering bicycle peptide ligands specific for EphA2
US11623012B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-04-11 Bicyclerd Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for EphA2
WO2019126378A1 (en) 2017-12-19 2019-06-27 Ariya Therapeutics, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11304954B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2022-04-19 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11608345B1 (en) 2017-12-19 2023-03-21 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of rapamycin and its analogs and uses thereof
US11938137B2 (en) 2017-12-19 2024-03-26 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of mycophenolic acid and uses thereof
US11723980B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2023-08-15 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US10874743B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2020-12-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11318205B1 (en) 2017-12-26 2022-05-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US12006329B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-06-11 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11932635B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-03-19 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11485743B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Protein degraders and uses thereof
US11512080B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2022-11-29 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CRBN ligands and uses thereof
WO2019148132A1 (en) 2018-01-29 2019-08-01 Merck Patent Gmbh Gcn2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US12084438B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2024-09-10 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10793563B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2020-10-06 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10988477B2 (en) 2018-01-29 2021-04-27 Merck Patent Gmbh GCN2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10696663B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2020-06-30 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of TCR-NCK interaction
WO2019169001A1 (en) 2018-02-27 2019-09-06 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of tcr-nck interaction
US11008310B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2021-05-18 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of TCR-Nck interaction
US11807633B2 (en) 2018-02-27 2023-11-07 Artax Biopharma Inc. Chromene derivatives as inhibitors of TCR-Nck interaction
WO2019209759A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Merck Patent Gmbh Antiproliferation compounds and uses thereof
EP4043460A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2022-08-17 Merck Patent GmbH Antiproliferation compounds and uses thereof
WO2019209757A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pteridinone compounds and uses thereof
WO2019241789A1 (en) 2018-06-15 2019-12-19 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US10980784B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2021-04-20 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
EP4302827A2 (en) 2018-06-15 2024-01-10 JANSSEN Pharmaceutica NV Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US11944605B2 (en) 2018-06-15 2024-04-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US11814447B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2023-11-14 Bicyclerd Limited Peptide ligands for binding to EphA2
US11180531B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2021-11-23 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for Nectin-4
WO2019243833A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
WO2019243832A1 (en) 2018-06-22 2019-12-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
US11453702B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2022-09-27 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for Nectin-4
US11912792B2 (en) 2018-06-22 2024-02-27 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands specific for nectin-4
US11292792B2 (en) 2018-07-06 2022-04-05 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic CRBN ligands and uses thereof
US11897882B2 (en) 2018-07-06 2024-02-13 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof
WO2020010177A1 (en) 2018-07-06 2020-01-09 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Tricyclic crbn ligands and uses thereof
US11045461B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2021-06-29 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of CXCR4 inhibitors and methods of preparation and use
US12115156B2 (en) 2018-08-31 2024-10-15 X4 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions of CXCR4 inhibitors and methods of preparation and use
WO2020051424A1 (en) 2018-09-07 2020-03-12 Pic Therapeutics Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11414431B2 (en) 2018-10-15 2022-08-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Substituted pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidines as TYK2 inhibitors
US11396530B2 (en) 2018-10-23 2022-07-26 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US10919937B2 (en) 2018-10-23 2021-02-16 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
WO2020084305A1 (en) 2018-10-23 2020-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligands and uses thereof
US11345654B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-05-31 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11697633B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2023-07-11 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
US11117889B1 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-09-14 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11807636B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-11-07 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11053241B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2021-07-06 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11834449B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-12-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11352350B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2022-06-07 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
WO2020112937A1 (en) 2018-11-30 2020-06-04 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. Tyk2 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3670659A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-24 Abivax Biomarkers, and uses in treatment of viral infections, inflammations, or cancer
WO2020127853A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Abivax Biomarkers, and uses in treatment of viral infections, inflammations, or cancer
US11174264B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2021-11-16 Nimbus Lakshmi, Inc. TYK2 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2020165600A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Bicycletx Limited Bicyclic peptide ligand sting conjugates and uses thereof
WO2020201753A1 (en) 2019-04-02 2020-10-08 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle toxin conjugates and uses thereof
US11746120B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2023-09-05 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Stat degraders and uses thereof
US11485750B1 (en) 2019-04-05 2022-11-01 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
US12077555B2 (en) 2019-04-05 2024-09-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. STAT degraders and uses thereof
WO2020243423A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-12-03 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US11970553B2 (en) 2019-07-30 2024-04-30 Bicycletx Limited Heterotandem bicyclic peptide complex
US11845724B2 (en) 2019-09-11 2023-12-19 Vincere Biosciences, Inc. USP30 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11078201B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-08-03 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrol[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11021481B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-01 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11028085B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-08 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as hpk1 antagonists
US11034694B2 (en) 2019-09-13 2021-06-15 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted isoindolin-1-ones and 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridin-1-ones as HPK1 antagonists
US11548890B1 (en) 2019-09-13 2023-01-10 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. HPK1 antagonists and uses thereof
US11723890B2 (en) 2019-11-01 2023-08-15 Navitor Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treatment using an mTORC1 modulator
US11819476B2 (en) 2019-12-05 2023-11-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Rapamycin analogs and uses thereof
US11707457B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-07-25 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11779578B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-10-10 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11591332B2 (en) 2019-12-17 2023-02-28 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
US11679109B2 (en) 2019-12-23 2023-06-20 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. SMARCA degraders and uses thereof
US11975073B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2024-05-07 Puretech Lyt, Inc. Lipid prodrugs of neurosteroids
WO2021178488A1 (en) 2020-03-03 2021-09-10 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
US11932624B2 (en) 2020-03-19 2024-03-19 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. MDM2 degraders and uses thereof
US11685750B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2023-06-27 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. Crystalline forms of IRAK degraders
WO2022038158A1 (en) 2020-08-17 2022-02-24 Bicycletx Limited Bicycle conjugates specific for nectin-4 and uses thereof
WO2022120354A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022120353A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2022167457A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2022167445A1 (en) 2021-02-02 2022-08-11 Liminal Biosciences Limited Gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
US11773103B2 (en) 2021-02-15 2023-10-03 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK4 degraders and uses thereof
US11926625B2 (en) 2021-03-05 2024-03-12 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. HPK1 antagonists and uses thereof
US12071442B2 (en) 2021-03-29 2024-08-27 Nimbus Saturn, Inc. Substituted pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyridines as HPK1 antagonists
WO2022221866A1 (en) 2021-04-16 2022-10-20 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
US12097261B2 (en) 2021-05-07 2024-09-24 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. CDK2 degraders and uses thereof
WO2023028238A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023028235A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023114984A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Tead inhibitors and uses thereof
US12091411B2 (en) 2022-01-31 2024-09-17 Kymera Therapeutics, Inc. IRAK degraders and uses thereof
WO2023173053A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023173057A1 (en) 2022-03-10 2023-09-14 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023211889A1 (en) 2022-04-25 2023-11-02 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Polymorphic compounds and uses thereof
WO2023230205A1 (en) 2022-05-25 2023-11-30 Ikena Oncology, Inc. Mek inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2024028363A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Heteroaryl carboxamide and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028364A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Aryl-triazolyl and related gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024028365A1 (en) 2022-08-02 2024-02-08 Liminal Biosciences Limited Substituted pyridone gpr84 antagonists and uses thereof
WO2024112894A1 (en) 2022-11-22 2024-05-30 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20140357598A1 (en) 2014-12-04
KR101278397B1 (en) 2013-06-25
US7989448B2 (en) 2011-08-02
EP2161275A1 (en) 2010-03-10
IL183890A0 (en) 2007-10-31
NL301039I1 (en) 2020-04-29
US8211888B2 (en) 2012-07-03
CA2591948C (en) 2013-11-12
US20120108810A1 (en) 2012-05-03
CY2020012I2 (en) 2020-11-25
EP1856135B1 (en) 2009-12-09
MX346822B (en) 2017-03-28
DK1856135T3 (en) 2010-04-12
BRPI0606318A2 (en) 2009-06-16
US20090124580A1 (en) 2009-05-14
NO339146B1 (en) 2016-11-14
US7563892B1 (en) 2009-07-21
LTPA2020507I1 (en) 2020-06-25
CY2020012I1 (en) 2020-11-25
US8211889B2 (en) 2012-07-03
RU2007131430A (en) 2009-02-27
NO20074179L (en) 2007-10-18
US20130338357A1 (en) 2013-12-19
US7538108B2 (en) 2009-05-26
HK1108896A1 (en) 2008-05-23
PL1856135T3 (en) 2010-05-31
NL301039I2 (en) 2020-05-12
US20120232036A1 (en) 2012-09-13
CY1109888T1 (en) 2014-09-10
PT1856135E (en) 2010-02-26
NO2020010I1 (en) 2020-05-13
BRPI0606318B8 (en) 2021-05-25
US20110319613A1 (en) 2011-12-29
CA2591948A1 (en) 2006-07-27
AU2006206458B2 (en) 2012-10-25
BRPI0606318B1 (en) 2021-02-02
JP2008527048A (en) 2008-07-24
MX2007007189A (en) 2010-09-28
LUC00153I1 (en) 2020-05-08
LUC00153I2 (en) 2021-02-15
US10577381B2 (en) 2020-03-03
US7449458B2 (en) 2008-11-11
ATE451381T1 (en) 2009-12-15
US9532998B2 (en) 2017-01-03
NZ555947A (en) 2010-11-26
US20160136191A1 (en) 2016-05-19
US9266912B2 (en) 2016-02-23
US20200270271A1 (en) 2020-08-27
KR20070098926A (en) 2007-10-05
DE602006010979D1 (en) 2010-01-21
FIC20200014I1 (en) 2020-05-19
RU2416616C2 (en) 2011-04-20
US20190292197A1 (en) 2019-09-26
US8785437B2 (en) 2014-07-22
CN101115761A (en) 2008-01-30
US8476263B2 (en) 2013-07-02
IL183890A (en) 2012-04-30
LTC1856135I2 (en) 2021-07-12
US20060234983A1 (en) 2006-10-19
CN101115761B (en) 2012-07-18
AU2006206458A1 (en) 2006-07-27
US20170291909A1 (en) 2017-10-12
SI1856135T1 (en) 2010-04-30
JP4801096B2 (en) 2011-10-26
US20060211657A1 (en) 2006-09-21
JP2011236234A (en) 2011-11-24
EP1856135A1 (en) 2007-11-21
ES2337496T3 (en) 2010-04-26
HUS2000011I1 (en) 2020-06-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10577381B2 (en) Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
USRE48898E1 (en) Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680002643.3

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 183890

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2007/007189

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 555947

Country of ref document: NZ

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2591948

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2400/KOLNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006718943

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006206458

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007552272

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006206458

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060119

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020077018898

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: A20071007

Country of ref document: BY

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007131430

Country of ref document: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0606318

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2